MM AT01 1020 100 Vol1 Akt Ausgabe 20080430

AQUILA AT01
Aviation by Excellence AG MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AQUILA Aviation by Excellence AG
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL AQUILA AT01
Doc.-No. MM-AT01-1020-100
Issued: September, 2001
This document is protected by copyright. All associated rights, in particular those of translation, reprinting,
reproduction by photo mechanical or similar means and storing in data processing facilities in whole or part are reserved.
AQUILA Aviation by Excellence AG Phon: ++49 33 731 7070

Flugplatz Fax: ++49 33 731 707 - 11
14959 Schönhagen e-mail: info@aquila-aero.com
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cha/Sec/Sub Titel
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
LIST OF EFFECTIVE CHAPTERS
04 AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS
04-00-00 Airworthiness Limitations - General
05 TIME LIMITS / MAINTENANCE CHECKS

05-00-00 Time Limits / Maintenance Checks - General
05-00-01 Component Time Limits
05-20-00 Scheduled Maintenance Checks
05-30-00 Daily Inspections
05-50-00 Unscheduled Maintenance Checks
06 DIMENSIONS AND AREAS

06-00-00 Dimensions And Areas - General
06-10-00 Aircraft Dimensions and Areas
06-20-00 Aircraft Zoning
06-30-00 Access/Inspection Plates
07 LIFTING AND SHORING

07-00-00 Lifting and Shoring - General
07-10-00 Jacking
08 LEVELING AND WEIGHING

08-00-00 Leveling and Weighing - General
08-10-00 Weighing
08-20-00 Leveling
09 TOWING AND TAXIING

09-00-00 Towing and Taxiing - General
09-10-00 Towing
09-20-00 Taxiing
10 PARKING, MOORING, STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE

10-00-00 Parking, Mooring, Storage and Return to Service - General
10-10-00 Parking
10-11-00 Storage
10-20-00 Mooring
10-30-00 Return to Service
11 PLACARDS AND MARKINGS

11-00-00 Placards and Markings - General
Page 01
TOC
28.10.05
AQUILA AT01 Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)
Cha/Sec/Sub Titel
11-20-00 Exterior Placards

11-30-00 Interior Placards
12 SERVICING
12-00-00 Servicing - General
12-10-00 Replenishing - Description
12-11-00 Fuel Servicing
12-12-00 Engine Oil - Servicing
12-13-00 Induction Air Filter - Servicing
12-14-00 Cooling System - Servicing
12-15-00 Brake System - Servicing
12-16-00 Tires - Servicing
12-17-00 Battery - Servicing
12-20-00 Scheduled Servicing - Description
12-21-00 Lubricants - Description
12-22-00 Lubrication - Servicing
12-23-00 Aircraft Exterior - Cleaning and Care
12-24-00 Aircraft Interior - Cleaning and Care
12-30-00 Unscheduled Servicing
20 STANDARD PRACTICES AIRFRAME

20-00-00 Standard Practices Airframe - General
20-10-00 Fastener Identification and Torque Data
20-11-00 Conversion Data
21 VENTILATION AND HEATING

21-00-00 Ventilation and Heating - General
21-20-00 Fresh Air Distribution - Description
21-20-00 Fresh Air Distribution - Maintenance Practices
21-40-00 Heating - Maintenance Practices
23 COMMUNICATIONS
23-00-00 Communications - General
23-10-00 Speech Communication - Description
23-10-00 Speech Communication - Maintenance Practices
23-50-00 Audio Integrating - Maintenance Practices
24 ELECTRICAL POWER
24-00-00 Electrical Power - General
24-00-00 Electrical Power - Troubleshooting
24-20-00 Alternator System - Description
24-20-00 Alternator System - Maintenance Practices
24-30-00 Battery System - Description
Page 02
TOC
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Table of Contents
Cha/Sec/Sub Titel
24-30-00 Battery - Maintenance Practices

24-40-00 External Power - Maintenance Practices
24-60-00 Electrical Load Distribution Description
24-61-00 Circuit Breaker - Maintenance Practices
25 EQUIPMENT / FURNISHINGS
25-00-00 Equipment / Furnishings - General
25-10-00 Seats - Maintenance Practices
25-11-00 Restraint Systems - Maintenance Practices
25-21-00 Cabin Interior - Maintenance Practices
25-50-00 Cargo Tie Downs - Maintenance Practices
25-60-00 Emergency - Description
25-60-00 Emergency - Maintenance Practices
25-60-01 Fire Extinguisher - Maintenance Practices
27 FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-00-00 Flight Controls - General
27-10-00 Aileron Control System - Description
27-10-00 Aileron Control System - Maintenance Practices
27-20-00 Rudder Control System - Description
27-20-00 Rudder Control System - Maintenance Practices
27-30-00 Elevator Control System - Description
27-30-00 Elevator Control System - Maintenance Practices
27-31-00 Elevator Trim Control System - Description
27-31-00 Elevator Trim Control System - Maintenance Practices
27-50-00 Flap Control System - Description
27-50-00 Flap Control System - Maintenance Practices
28 FUEL
28-00-00 Fuel - General
28-10-00 Fuel Storage - Description
28-10-00 Fuel Storage - Maintenance Practices
28-20-00 Fuel Distribution - Description
28-20-00 Fuel Distribution - Maintenance Practices
28-40-00 Fuel Indicating - Description
28-40-00 Fuel Indicating - Maintenance Practices
31 INDICATING / RECORDING SYSTEMS

31-00 00 General
31-10-00 Instrument Panel - Maintenance Practices
31-30-00 Recorders - Maintenance Practices
Page 03
TOC
30.04.08
Cha/Sec/Sub Titel
32 LANDING GEAR
32-00-00 Landing Gear - General
32-10-00 Main Gear - Description
32-10-00 Main Gear - Maintenance Practices
32-20-00 Nose Gear - Description
32-20-00 Nose Gear - Maintenance Practices
32-40-00 Wheels and Brakes - Description
32-40-00 Wheels and Brakes - Maintenance Practices
33 LIGHTS
33-00-00 Lights - General
33-40-00 Exterior Lights - Maintenance Practices
34 NAVIGATION
34-00-00 Navigation - General
34-10-00 Pitot / Static System - Description
34-10-00 Pitot / Static System - Maintenance Practices
34-11-00 Stall Warning System - Description
34-11-00 Stall Warning System - Maintenance Practices
34-20-00 Attitude and Direction - Maintenance Practices
34-40-00 Independent Position Determining - Maintenance Practices
34-50-00 Dependent Position Determining - Maintenance Practices
51 STRUCTURES
51-00-00 Structures - General
51-10-00 Fiberglass Laminate Structures - Maintenance Practices
51-20-00 Repair of Fiberglass Laminate Components
52 DOORS
52-00-00 Doors - General
52-10-00 Canopy - Maintenance Practices
53 FUSELAGE
53-00-00 Fuselage - General
53-10-00 Fuselage - Main Frame
53-10-00 fuselage - Maintenance Practices
55 STABILIZERS
55-00-00 Stabilizers - General
55-10-00 Horizontal Stabilizer - Maintenance Practices
55-20-00 Elevator - Maintenance Practices
55-30-00 Vertical Stabilizer - Maintenance Practices
55-40-00 Rudder - Maintenance Practices
Page 04
TOC
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Table of Contents
Cha/Sec/Sub Titel
57 WINGS
57-00-00 Wings - General
57-10-00 Wings- Maintenance Practices
57-50-00 Control Surfaces - Maintenance Practices
61 PROPELLER
61-00-00 Propeller - General
61-00-00 Troubleshooting
61-10-00 Propeller Assembly - Maintenance Practices
61-20-00 Propeller control - Maintenance Practices
71 POWERPLANT
71-00-00 Powerplant - General
71-00-01 Engine Description
71-00-01 Troubleshooting - ROTAX Engines 912S
71-00-01 ROTAX Engines 912S - Maintenance Practices
71-10-00 Cowling - Maintenance Practices
71-20-00 Engine Mount - Maintenance Practices
71-60-00 Air Induction System - Maintenance Practices
74 IGNITION SYSTEM
74-00-00 Ignition System - General
74-10-00 Ignition System - Maintenance Practices
75 COOLING SYSTEM
75-00-00 Cooling System - General
75-10-00 Engine Cooling System - Maintenance Practices
75-10-01 Winterization Kit - Maintenance Practices
76 ENGINE CONTROLS
76-00-00 Engine Controls - General
76-10-00 Engine Controls - Maintenance Practices
77 ENGINE INDICATING
77-00-00 Engine Indicating - General
77-10-00 Power - Maintenance Practices
77-20-00 Temperature - Maintenance Practices
78 EXHAUST
78-00-00 Exhaust - General
78-10-00 Exhaust - Maintenance Practices
Page 05
TOC
26.04.05
Cha/Sec/Sub Titel
79 OIL
79-00-00 Oil - General
79-10-00 Oil Tank - Maintenance Practices
79-20-00 Oil Cooler - Maintenance Practices
79-30-00 Oil Temperature Measuring System - Maintenance Practices
79-31-00 Oil Pressure Measuring System - Maintenance Practices
80 STARTING
80-00-00 Starting - General
80-10-00 Starter - Maintenance Practices
91 CHARTS AND DIAGRAMS

91-00-00 Charts and Diagrams - General
Page 06
TOC
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Record of Revisions
RECORD OF REVISIONS
Revision Date of Date By Revision Date of Date By

Number Revision Inserted Number Revision Inserted
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Record of Temp. Revisions
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
Temp. Revision Page Date of By Date By

Number Revision Removed
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Introduction
INTRODUCTION
1. General
This maintenance manual provides necessary for the maintenance of the AQUILA AT01 information to
the maintenance personnel. It contains detailed descriptions of the systems, troubleshooting, and
maintenance practices.
In this handbook are only contained maintenance practices about jobs, which are to be practiced at the
aircraft itself: e.g. removal and installation of components.
Maintenance, repairs and inspections must be accomplished in accordance with the instructions given
in this Maintenance Manual (MM)
2. List of Vendor Technical Publications
A. Use the MM in conjunction with vendor technical publications listed in the table 01.
Table 01 - List of Vendor Technical Publications
No. Manual No./Part No. Manual Title Vendor
Doc-No. AFM-AT01-1010-
1 100-E, Revision A.01 or a Airplane Flight Manual AQUILA T. E. GmbH
later Revision
ROTAX Part. No. 899372,

ROTAX Engine Type 912 Series
2 Rev. 02, March 01/2003, or a ROTAX Aircraft Engines
Maintenance Manual
later Revision

3 Rev. 03, 01/2005, or a later IPC for ROTAX Engines Type 912 . ., S, . ROTAX Aircraft Engines
Revision

4 Rev. 03, July 01/2004, or a OM for all Versions of ROTAX 912 ROTAX Aircraft Engines
later Revision
Operation & Installation Manual,

E-124, Issue No. 34, March 11, mt-Propeller Entwicklung
5 Hydraulically Controlled Variable Pitch
2005 or a later Issue GmbH
Propeller
E-699, Issue No. 7, Sep. 15, Hydraulic Constant Speed Governors P- mt-Propeller Entwicklung
6
2004 or a later Issue 41( )-( ), . . GmbH
E-1046, Issue No. 3, April 20, Hydraulic Propeller Governor w/ Reverse mt-Propeller Entwicklung
7
2005 or a later Issue P - 9 ( ) ( ) - ( ) series GmbH
Page 01
INTRODUCTION
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01 Introduction
Table 01 - List of Vendor Technical Publications (Cont.)
Page 02
INTRODUCTION
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Introduction
3. Structure of the Maintenance Manual
The MM has been prepared in accordance with the Air Transport Association (ATA) Specification
Number 100 for Manufacturers Technical Data.
A. Division of Subject Matter
The MM is divided into 5 major sections. Each of these sections is subdivided into chapters. A list
of effective pages and the table of contents are provided at the beginning of each MM chapter.
(1) General Ch. 05 - 12

(2) Airframe Systems Ch. 20 - 37
(3) Structures Ch. 51 - 57
(4) Propeller Ch. 61
(5) Power Plant Ch. 71 - 80
Each chapter is made distinct by a separator sheet with the chapter number and the title.
B. The Page Numbering System
(1) The page numbering system consists three-element numbers separated by dashes.
The first element of the division identify a system:

e.g. 27 Flight Controls (a chapter)
The following element designate a subsystem in the system:
e.g. 27-30 Elevator (a section)
If system consists of several subsystems, further sections are added:

e.g. 27 - 31 Elevator Trim control (a further section)
The last element permits the identification of the individual units in a system or subsystem.
However, this comes only then for carrying if the extent of description requires this.
Example:
27 - 10 - 00
Chapter/ Section/ Subject/

System Subsystem Unit
(here Flight- (here
Controls) Ailerons)
Page 03
INTRODUCTION
30.04.08
(2) When the chapter/system element number is followed with zeros in the section/subsystem
and subject/unit element number (28-00-00), the information is applicable to the entire
system.
(3) When the section/subsystem element number is followed with zeros in the subject/unit
element number (28-20-00), the information is applicable to subsystem within the system.
(4) The subject/unit element number is used to identify information applicable to units within
the subsystems.
This breakdown of the chapters provides a good overview and facilitates exchange of revised
pages. Since the most of systems are relatively simple and noncomplex, the third element is
used only at more complicated systems, i.e. if it appears necessary a unit or device to treat in
greater detail.
(5) All maintenance data given in the MM is separated into specific types of information.
That facilitates work with the manual. For this purpose, page number blocks are reserved
depending on type of information.
Page 1 - 99 Description and Operation

Page 101 - 199 Troubleshooting
Page 201 - 299 Maintenance Practices
Page 301 - 399 Servicing
Page 401 - 499 Removal/Installation
Page 501 - 599 Adjustment/Test
Page 601 - 699 Inspection/Check
Page 701 - 799 Cleaning/Painting
Page 801 - 899 Repairs
A page number as a example:
Page 301 First page with service instructions

12 - 17 - 00
15.11.04 Publication date
Servicing Battery
(6) Figures are numbered consecutively within each topic.
Example: Fig. 201 1. Illustration for maintenance

Fig. 202 2. Illustration for maintenance etc.
C. Page Order
(1) In the Front of the Manual:
Title
Table of Contents
Record of Revisions
Page 04
INTRODUCTION
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Introduction
Record of Temporary Revisions

Introduction
List of Effective Chapters
(2) Each chapter begins with:
Title
Table of Contents
D. Figures
The figures within the sections of a chapter are numbered in accordance with the appropriate
page number block. Numbering is beginning by one (1) and continuous.
4. Using the Maintenance Manual
A. To obtain information about a specific system, refer to the List of Effective Chapters in front of
manual in order to find the corresponding chapter number here.
In the table of contents of the respective chapter, one then finds closer information about the
arrangement of material.
Meter Meter PSI Desired Unit under

Common Plus Value (VDC) test
Pin 2 (blk) Pin 4 (red) 0 4.95 to 5.0 3010016,17,18
Pin 2 (blk) Pin 1 (wht) 0 1.70 to 2.10 3010016,17,18
Pin 2 (bik) Pin 3 (grn) 0 1.70 to 2.10 3010016,17,18
Pin 3 (grn) Pin 1 (wht) 0 -0.003 to +0.003 3010016,17,18
Pin 3 (grn) Pin 1 (wht) 10 0.031 to +0.034 3010016
Pin 3 (grn) Pin 1 (wht) 30 0.028 to +0.032 3010017
Pin 3 (grn) Pin 1 (wht) 60 0.028 to +0.032 3010018
EFFECTIVITY
Page 101
Aircraft equipped with VM 1000 Engine Management
System
77-40-00
13.07.01
Effectivity Block
Effectivity Block
Figure 01
Page 05
INTRODUCTION
30.04.08
B. Effectivity
This Maintenance Manual is "customized". It includes the following effectivity identification

system to show modification and/or configurational differences.
(1) The MM starts with a List of Effective Chapters. Each chapter is listed with the date of issue
or revision.
(2) To identify the aircraft an effectivity statement (i.e. Garmin Avionics) or a six-digit numeric
indicator is shown in the effectivity column in the table of contents if applicable.
(a) The six-digit numeric indicator begins with the last three digits of the lowest assigned
number, to indicate first effectivity, and ends with the last three digits of the highest
assigned number, to indicate last effectivity, of an unbroken sequence of assigned
numbers. A hyphen is shown between the numbers. Open ended effectivity is
indicated by "999" in the last effectivity if applicable. For example: 023-999 indicates
aircraft 023 and subsequent.
(3) Effectivity Block

The system provides further direct annotation of the applicability on pages. On pages not
applicable for all aircraft at the bottoms left-hand corner a effectivity block appears. The
effectivity identification placed in this block may be a six-digit numeric indicator (Ref. to
(2)(a)) or an effectivity statement. (Refer to Figure 01)
All information appearing on that page applies only to the aircraft noted in the effectivity
block.
NOTE: Pages with no effectivity block may be followed by pages which have effectivity
blocks and vice versa and bear identical page numbers.
C. Revisions
(1) Maintenance manual revisions, result by different reasons (regulation changes, technical
changes, typographical errors and so on), will be published regularly.
A notification about a revision contains short data to explain the respective revision and
contains:
- revised manual chapters

- reason of revision
- affected airplane serial numbers
(2) In the event of urgently necessary revisions between regular updating, temporary revisions
will be published. The relevant manual pages are yellow and are usually considered during
the next scheduled revision of the maintenance manual.
(3) Identifying Revised Material

(a) Revisions and /or additions will be identified by a vertical black line (revision bar) along
the outside of the page opposite only that portion of the printed matter that was
changed. This also applies to illustrations.
Page 06
INTRODUCTION
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Introduction
(b) When technical changes cause unchanged text to appear on a different page(s), a
revision bar will be placed in the outside margin, opposite the chapter/section/subject,
page number and date of all affected pages, providing no other revision bar appears on
the page.
(4) Revision Incorporating

(a) To keep track and for ease of use, a revision affects the complete chapter. All pages of a
chapter have the same date the date of issue or revision. Therefore always, if necessary,
the complete chapter is to be removed and inserted.
(a) MM revisions contain an effectivity page. Chapters to be removed or inserted are listed
in sequence and assigned with the respective action.
In the record of revisions, in front of the MM, the accomplished revision is to be
documented as required.
(b) Temporary revisions come as single pages. Incorporate them as noted in the effectivity
page delivered with the revision. With appearance of the corresponding regular
revision of the MM, they lose its effectivity and will be removed.
D. WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and NOTES
If maintenance operations on the airplane are practiced, general safety and maintenance rules
must be always considered.
In addition, the MM contains adjuncts to the text used to highlight or emphasize important and
critical instructions.
WARNING:
Hazard for maintenance personnel!
CAUTION:
Hazard for systems and equipment!
NOTE:
Specific information
E. Abbreviations
Where it appears reasonable, abbreviations are used. They are conforming to a recognized
standard.
Page 07
INTRODUCTION
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
List of Chapters
Chapter Title Date*
GENERAL
Introduction 30.04.08
04 Airworthiness Limitations 28.10.05
05 Time Limits / Maintenance checks 30.04.08
06 Dimensions and Areas 26.04.05
07 Lifting & Shoring 27.09.01
08 Leveling and Weighing 27.09.01
09 Towing and Taxiing 01.10.01
10 Parking, Mooring, Storage & Return to Service 30.04.08
11 Placards and Markings 30.04.08
12 Servicing 26.04.05
AIRFRAME SYSTEMS
20 Standard Practices Airframe 26.04.05

21 Ventilation and Heating 08.07.02
23 Communications 30.04.08
24 Electrical Power 26.04.05
25 Equipment and Furnishings 26.04.05
27 Flight Controls 01.03.02
28 Fuel 01.03.02
31 Indicating/Recording Systems 30.04.08
32 Landing Gear 15.03.02
33 Lights 18.05.02
34 Navigation 30.04.08
STRUCTURES
51 Structures 22.03.02
52 Doors 30.04.08
53 Fuselage 14.05.02
55 Stabilizers 14.05.02
57 Wings 18.01.06
PROPELLER
61 Propeller 26.04.05
Page 01
LIST OFEFFECTIVE CHAPTERS
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01 List of Chapters
Chapter Title Date*
POWER PLANT
71 Power Plant 26.04.05

74 Ignition 29.10.01
75 Engine Cooling System 26.04.05
76 Engine Controls 26.04.05
77 Engine Indicating 26.11.01
78 Exhaust 07.11.01
79 Oil 07.11.01
80 Starting 05.11.01
91 Charts and Wiring Diagrams 30.04.08
* The date refers to the issue / revision date of the respective chapter.
The technical content of this document is approved under the authority of DOA
No. EASA.21J.025.
Date, Signature Office of Airworthiness
Page 02
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
CHAPTER 4
AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Airworthiness Limitations
RECORD OF REVISIONS - CHAPTER 4
Revision Date of Revised LBA Approval

Number Revision Pages Descriptions of Revisions Signature
and Date
14.09.01 Original Issue
01 20.06.02 LOEP 1st Revision

Page 01
LOR 1st Revision
Page 01
Sec 04-00-01 Revised Paragraph 2.B., 2.D.
Page 01, 02
02 28.10.05 ROR 2nd Revision

Page 01
TOC 1st Revision
Page 01
Sec 04-00-00 General Revision
Page 01
Page 01
04 - RECORD OF REVISIONS
28.10.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
Section
Title Subject Page
AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS .................................................................04-00-00 1

Introduction 04-00-00 1
Airworthiness Limitations 04-00-00 1
Continued Airworthiness 04-00-00 1
Page 01
04 - TOC
28.10.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS - GENERAL
1. Introduction
This chapter gives information on mandatory replacement times of structural parts, and where
applicable, on inspection periods for airframe structure for the AQUILA AT01.
All mandatory limitations listed are established by the airframe manufacturer.
Compliance with the specified times and intervals is mandatory for maintaining the airworthiness
of the aircraft.
THE "AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS" CHAPTER IS LBA APPROVED.
THE "AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS" CHAPTER IS FAA APPROVED AND SPECIFIES

MAINTENANCE REQUIRED UNDER SECS. 43.16 AND 91.403 OF THE FEDERAL AVIATION
REGULATIONS UNLESS AN ALTERNATIVE PROGRAM HAS BEEN FAA APPROVED.
2. Airworthiness Limitations
A. A comprehensive airframe inspection is mandatory after 6000 h of flight time to reach an

extension of replacement time. The corresponding inspection program will be announced by the
AQUILA Technische Entwicklungen GmbH prior to the highest time AQUILA AT01 reaching
6000 h.
B. Outside Painting of the Airframe

All structural parts which are imposed to direct vertical sunlight have to be painted WHITE except
of areas provided for registration signs and warning paint.
C. Repairs
Repairs for which is no description in chapter 51 of this manual may only be carried out under the
authority of the manufacturer or with a special repair approval from the manufacturer.
3. Continued Airworthiness
Scheduled inspections of the airplane including replacement and overhaul of defined components
are required to ensure Continued Airworthiness of the AQUILA AT01 airplane. Maintenance
Checklists and Time Limits as listed in Chapter 05 should be applied to ensure Continued
Airworthiness of the AQUILA AT01 unless an alternate inspection programme is agreed on with
the competent National Civil Aviation Authority.
Page 01
04-00-00
28.10.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
CHAPTER 5
TIME LIMITS / MAINTENANCE CHECKS

AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
Section
Title Subject Page
TIME LIMITS / MAINTENANCE CHECKS - GENERAL ...........................05-00-00 1

General Description 05-00-00 1
COMPONENT TIME LIMITS .........................................................................05-00-01 1

General 05-00-01 1
Component Time Limits 05-00-01 1
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE CHECKS....................................................05-20-00 1

General 05-20-00 1
Inspection Time Intervals Chart AQUILA AT01 05-20-00 1
DAILY INSPECTIONS ......................................................................................05-30-00 1

General 05-30-00 1
Preflight Inspection 05-30-00 1
After Flights 05-30-00 1
UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE CHECKS .............................................05-50-00 1

General 05-50-00 1
Special Inspections 05-50-00 1
Page 01
05 - TOC
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
TIME LIMITS / MAINTENANCE CHECKS - GENERAL
1. Introduction
A. This chapter provides scheduled and unscheduled maintenance checks and inspections for the
AQUILA AT01, recommended by the Type Certificate Holder AQUILA Aviation by Excellence AG
as well as the time limits for service life limited components and parts.
2. General Description
In the following, a brief description and intended purpose of each section of this chapter is given.
A. Section 05-00-00 - Time limits / Maintenance Checks - General. This section provides a general
overview of the content and purpose of this chapter.
B. Section 05-00-01 – Component Time Limits. This section contains the time limits of all service life
limited components and parts and recommended time between overhaul (TBO) for components.
C. Section 05-20-00 - Scheduled Maintenance Checks. This section contains information about
recommended scheduled maintenance and inspections. The recommended maintenance and
Inspection Program for the systems and components of the AQUILA AT01 as well as the relevant
intervals are embodied in a checklist included in this section.
D. Section 05-30-00 - Daily Inspections. In this section the preflight check and the checks after flights
are described.
E. Section 05-50-00 - Unscheduled Maintenance Checks. This section specifies checks, which have to
be conducted after unusual events and incidences such as hard landings.
Page 01
05-00-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
COMPONENT TIME LIMITS
1. General
A. Different components and parts of the aircraft are certified for specific service life. When reaching
this time limit, the respective item must be replaced or overhauled.
For monitoring the permissible service life the installation or removal of each item must be
recorded in the aircraft logbook.
2. Component Time Limits
A. Under specific circumstances the replacement or overhaul of components may be required before
attaining the time limits as listed below.
B. Replacement time limits, mandated by the type certificate holder

AQUILA Aviation by Excellence AG:
Chapter Component / Part Replacement Time Overhaul
25 Restraint Assy 12 years no

Pilot / Co-Pilot
32 Rubber Elements 5 years no

of the Elastomer
Spring Package at
the Nose Gear
32 Flexible Hoses 10 years no

of the Aircraft
Brake System
71 Engine Shock 1500 h or 12 years,

Mounts whichever comes no
first.
Page 01
05-00-01
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
C. Vendor Established Component Time Limits
Chapter Component / Part Replacement Time Overhaul
25 ELT Battery Note 1 no
61 Propeller 2000 h or 72 months Note 2

MTV-21-A/175-05 from installation,
whichever comes
first.
61 Propeller Governor 1500 h or 12 years, With Engine

Woodward whichever comes
first.
61 Propeller Governor 2000 h or 72 months, Note 2

P-410-13 whichever comes
first.
61 Propeller Governor 2000 h or 72 months, Note 2

P-850-12 whichever comes
first.
71 Engine ROTAX 912S 1500 h or 12 years, Note 3

whichever comes
first.
71 ROTAX Mechanical 5 years no

Fuel Pump
71 ROTAX Flexible Fuel 5 years no

Lines
71 ROTAX Rubber Parts 5 years no

of Carburetors
71 Rubber Hoses of the 5 years no

Engine Cooling System
NOTES:
Note 1: Refer to manufacturers instructions for battery replacement time limits.
Note 2: Refer to latest issue of the mt-propeller Service Bulletin No. 1.-( ), and to the mt-
propeller E-124 Operation and Installation Manual.
Note 3: Refer to latest issues of ROTAX Aircraft Engines TBO Service Information (SI), of
corresponding Service Bulletins, and to the ROTAX Aircraft Engines Maintenance
Manual for ROTAX Engine Type 912 Serie.
Page 02
05-00-01
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE CHECKS
1. General
A. The inspection time intervals chart contained in this chapter provides the recommended intervals
at which maintenance and maintenance checks are to be carried out on the aircraft.
Annual inspections and 100 hour inspections on the AQUILA AT01 must include all inspection
items as required by FAR 43, Appendix D, Scope and Detail of annual/100 hour inspections.
The chapter 4 „Airworthiness Limitations“ in front of this manual prescribes the inspection
intervals on the AQUILA AT01 for the retention of airworthiness.
The following inspection time intervals chart represents an aircraft specific documentation of
these inspections. It is not to be utilized as the primary checklist for inspection of the aircraft.
B. Under specific circumstances, maintenance intervals can become shorter, if the aircraft is
operating under conditions, which differ from normal environmental conditions.
2. AQUILA AT01 Inspection Time Interval Chart
A. The maintenance and checks listed in the following chart are to be practiced in the specified
periods and are to be documented in a required manner.
NOTE: For new aircraft the first check is to be accomplished at 25 hours. The scope of this check
should be like a 100-hour inspection.
B. NOTES: R* Maintenance Manual for ROTAX Engine Type 912 Series (refer to List of Vendor
publications in the Introduction section of this manual).
MT* mt-propeller E-124 Operation and Installation Manual (refer to List of Vendor
publications in the Introduction section of this manual).
TSN Time Since New
Page 01
05-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
C. AQUILA AT01 Inspection Time Intervals Chart:
Aircraft S/N Operating Hours Registration

Number
Engine S/N Operating Hours Date

TTSN / TTSO:
Propeller S/N Operating Hours Type of

TTSN / TTSO: Inspection
No. Pre-Inspection / Engine Ground Test Reference Interval Initials

100 h Add.
1. Check that the following documents AT01 X

up-to-date and available upon request. Maintenance
- AT01 Maintenance Manual; Manual,
- AT01 Airplane Flight Manual; AT01
- Aircraft Log Book and Required Certificates; Airplane
- Engine and Propeller Log Books Flight Manual
- Equipment List and Weight and Balance Record;
- Airworthiness Directives;
- Service Bulletins and Service Information;
- Services Time Record.
2. Engine and Engine Compartment - Clean R* 12-00-00 X

for leakage check. Sec. 2.1
3. Perform an engine test run as follows: R* 12-00-00 X

Start engine and warm-up at 820 RPM for approx. 2 minutes, Sec. 2.8
continue at 1030 RPM, duration depending on ambient
temperature until oil temperature reaches 50° C.
Rudder Pedal Brakes and Parking Brake - Check for proper 32-40-00
operation
Propeller Governor - Set 1700 RPM and note the manifold MT* E-124
pressure, then reduce engine speed by moving the
propeller control for200 RPM. Note the RPM drop and
manifold pressure. Increase RPM to 1700 RPM. Repeat
three times.
RPM drop: _______RPM / Man. Press :_______in.Hg
Engine Instruments - Check engine parameters.
Magneto RPM Drop - Set 1700 RPM. Check that RPM drop R* 12-00-00
is below 120 RPM while operating on one magneto and Sec. 2.8
no more than a 50 RPM drop difference between left
and right magnetos.
RPM drop left magneto :_______RPM

RPM drop right magneto:_______RPM
Page 02
05-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
No. Pre-Inspection / Engine Ground Test (Cont.) Reference Interval Initials

100 h Add.
Carburetor Heat - Pull carburetor heat knob at 1700 RPM.

Engine RPM should show a drop of at least 20 RPM.
RPM drop:_______RPM
Engine Full Power - Advance throttle to full forward.

Tachometer should read 2265 ± 50 RPM.
Full power RPM:_______RPM
Engine Idle - Move throttle control lever to full aft.

Tachometer should read 750 +50 RPM.
Idle RPM:_______RPM
Cool down engine at 1100 RPM. Shut down engine,

set the ignition switch and the master switch to the OFF
position. Remove ignition key from aircraft.
4. Airframe, Power Plant, Propeller - Perform a walk around X

to detect damages, fluid leaks or other abnormalities.
5. Fuselage and Empennage - Clean. X
6. Aircraft Interior - Clean and vacuum. X
7. Prepare aircraft for visual checks as X

follows:
Remove Engine Cowling;
Remove Landing Gear Fairings;
Remove Cabin Carpets and Floorboards;
Remove Glareshield;
Remove Baggage Compartment Floorboard;
Remove Access Panel of the Baggage Compartment
Bulkhead;
Remove Access Panel 210AB. 06-30-00
8. Make a record of all malfunctions and abnormalities. X
No. Engine Reference Interval Initials

100 h Add.
1. Engine Cowling - Check for cracks, overheated areas, X

deformation, loose or missing fasteners.
Check fire protect paint and heat resistance shielding
for condition.
2. Engine Oil - Drain and change. 12-12-00 X
CAUTION: R* 12-00-00
DO NOT USE AIRCRAFT ENGINE OIL. Sec. 5.1 thru
IF ENGINE IS OPERATED MAINLY WITH AVGAS, Sec. 5.3,
DO NOT USE FULL-SYNTHETIC OIL AND OIL CHANGE SI-912-016
MUST BE PERFORMED AT 50 H INTERVALS. latest Rev.
Page 03
05-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
No. Engine (Cont.) Reference Interval Initials

100 h Add.
Due to the incorporated friction clutch and the high stresses SB-912-033
in the reduction gear 4-stroke motor cycle oils highly latest Rev.
recommended. For suitable lubricants and oil change
intervals, see ROTAX Operators Manual and latest
appropriate ROTAX publications.
Remove oil drain screw from oil tank. SI-27-1997, latest

Drain old oil and dispose as per environmental regulations. Rev.
Remove oil filter from engine and install a new oil filter. SI-912-010, latest
Lubricate mating sealing ring of new oil filter with engine oil. Rev.
Tighten new oil filter by hand. SB-912-040, latest
Renew gasket ring of drain screw on oil tank. Tighten drain Rev.
screw to 25 Nm (220 in.lb). Refill approx. 3 liters semi- or SI-912-016, latest
full-synthetic high performance oil with API classification Rev.
“SG” or higher acc. ROTAX publications. SI-912-018
latest Rev.
Refilled:______________Quantity:_______L
3. Oil Filter - Open and perform visual inspection of oil R* 12-00-00 X

filter element for metal particles. Sec. 5.3
Findings_____________________
4. Visual inspection of the magnetic plug for accumulation X

of chips
5. Check compression by differential pressure method. R* 12-00-00 200 h

Test pressure: 6 bar (appr. 6000 hpa / 87 psi) Sec. 2.5
Pressure drop: max. 25%
cyl. 1 2 3 4
Pressure drop: _____ _____ _____ _____
6. Cooling Air Ducts, Engine Baffling and Cylinder Cooling X

Fins - Check for obstructions, cracks, wear and general
condition. Check for signs of abnormal temperatures.
Check crankcase for cracks. SB-912-029, latest
Rev.
7. Leakage Bore at the Base of the Water Pump - Check for R* 12-00-00 X
signs of leakage. Sec. 2.2
8. Cooling System - Drain coolant, flush the cooling system R* 12-00-00 Two
and then refill new coolant. Use antifreeze concentrate Sec. 3.1, 3.2, Years
according to latest ROTAX documents. and 3.3
12-14-00
9. Coolant Hoses and Lines - Check for damage, leakage, R* 12-00-00 X

hardening from heat, porosity, for loose connections and Sec. 2.2
secure attachments. Check routing for kinks and restricted 75-10-00
elbows.
10. Coolant Expansion Tank - Check for damage and R* 12-00-00 X

abnormalities. Inspect rubber protection plate on tank base Sec. 3.1 - 3.4
for secure fit. Verify coolant level, replenish as necessary. 75-10-00
Check coolant with densimeter.
Page 04
05-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks

100 h Add.
Check gasket of radiator cover, inspect pressure control valve, SB-912-043, latest
and return valve. The pressure control valve opens Rev.
at 1,2 bar (18 psi).
11. Overflow Bottle - Inspect for damage and abnormalities. R* 12-00-00 X

Verify coolant level, replenish as necessary. Inspect venting Sec. 3.5
bore in cap of overflow bottle for clear passage. 75-10-00
Line from Exp. Tank to Overflow Bottle - Check for damage,
leakage and clear passage.
12. Oil and Coolant Radiator - Check for obstructions, leaks 79-20-00 X
and security of attachment. If necessary, clean cooling fins
and perform a pressure leakage test.
13. Oil Lines - Inspect for damage, leakage, hardening from heat, R* 12-00-00 X
porosity, security of connections and attachments. Sec. 2.2
Verify routing for kinks or restricted elbows. Check fire
protection shielding.
14. Oil Tank Vent Line - Check for proper routing, for obstructions X
and clear passage
15. Fuel Lines - Check for damage, leakage, hardening from heat, R* 12-00-00 X
porosity, secure connections and attachments. Sec. 2.2
Verify routing for kinks or restricted elbows.
Steel fuel lines if applicable additionally check for cracks
and for scuffing marks.
16. Fuel Selector / Shut-OFF Valve - Check for security of X

attachment. Check that the valve engages noticeable
into the positions LEFT, RIGHT, and OFF.
17. Filter Element of Electrical Fuel Pump - inspect and clean. 28-20-00 X
Para. 4, 5
18. Battery - Clean. Check correct acid level, charge and capacity. 12-17-00 X
Check battery vent house for obstructions and proper routing.
If necessary, replenish and charge battery.
19. Battery Tray, Terminals and cables - Check for security, X

corrosion and general conditions.
20. Starter - Check security of attachment and electrical R* 12-00-00 X

connections. Sec. 6.1
21. Alternator - Check attachment and V-belt tension. R* 12-00-00 X

Inspect electrical connections. Sec. 2.6
22. Electrical Wiring System - Verify the complete electrical R* 12-00-00 X

wiring system for security, damage, wear and secure fit. Sec. 6.1
Check all cable connections for tight fit, good contact,
corrosion and condition.
23. Renew spark plugs. (All spark plugs at the same time!) R* 12-00-00 X
Clean spark plug seating area and apply heat conduction Sec. 6.2
compound to spark plug threads.
Page 05
05-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks

100 h Add.
24. Spark Plug Connectors - Verify security of spark plug R* 12-00-00 X

connectors fit. Minimum pull-off force is 30 N (7 lbs). Sec. 6.2
25. Oil Temperature / Oil Pressure Sensor - Check for tight fit X
and condition.
26. Exhaust System - Check attachment screws and springs X

for security and fit. Inspect system for damage and missing
parts. Visual inspection of the muffler, exhaust pipes and
mounting flanges for cracks, corrosion and leakage.
Check heat shielding for condition.
27. Cabin Heat - Check heat shroud and heat ducts for damage X
and security of attachment. Check heat control function.
28. Exhaust Muffler - Remove heat shroud from muffler 78-10-00 200 h
and inspect muffler for condition, corrosion and leakage.
WARNING:
FAILURE TO INSPECT MUFFLER FOR LEAKS COULD
RESULT IN CARBON MONOXIDE ENTERING THE CABIN,
LEADING TO SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH!
29. Propeller Gear Box - Check the backlash (approx. 30°) R* 12-00-00 X
Sec. 7.1
Check the friction torque (25 - 60 Nm) in free rotation.
Friction torque as measured: _________Nm
30. Propeller Gear Box - Inspect overload clutch R* 05-50-00 600 h

Sec. 2.2
SB-912-033, latest
Rev.
31. Propeller Gear Box - Inspect, repair or overhaul in accordance R* 12-00-00 800 h
with the ROTAX instructions for continued airworthiness. Sec. 7.2 TSN
Detailed inspection of affected gear box components.
32. Magnetic Plug - Inspect for accumulation of chips. R* 12-00-00 200 h

Sec. 5.4
33. Carburetors - Check carburetor synchronization (mechanical R* 12-00-00 X AR

or pneumatic synchronization check method). Sec. 4.1.1
34. Carburetors - Inspect the float chamber venting. R* 12-00-00 X

Check venting lines for condition, secure attachment, clear Sec. 4.1 and 4.2
passage and routing for kinks and restrictions.
35. Carburetors - Remove and disassemble carburetors. Inspect Rotax Heavy MM, 200h
the diaphragm, the jetting, the float needle valve, and the P/N 899603,
float. The clearance of the throttle shaft should be no more Sec. 3.1, 3.3
than 0,5 mm (0.02 in.).
36. Bowden Cables for Throttle, Starting Carburetor, Carburetor R* 12-00-00 X

Heat, Cabin Heat, and Propeller Governor Actuation - Check Sec. 4.2 and 4.3
Page 06
05-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks

100 h Add.
Bowden cables and levers for damage. The cables must allow
an easy movement of levers through their full range of travel.
Check for security of routing. Check for free movement of
carburator actuation (throttle and starting carburator).
37. Carburator Sockets and Trip Tray - Inspect for damage and Rotax Heavy MM, 600h
abnormalities, check for cracks, wear and condition as well P/N 899603,
as signs of abnormal temperature exposure. 73-00-00, Sec. 3.4.3
38. Airbox Assy - Check for damage, security of attachment and X

condition. Inspect connected air hoses for condition and
leakage. Check the flaps for hot and filtered ram air can be
moved in their full arc of travel.
39. Air Filter - Inspect and clean. Renew if necessary. Clean air R* 12-00-00 X
filter housing. Check the drain hole at the bottom of housing sec. 2.4
for obstructions or blockage.
40. Other Engine External Accessories - Inspect screws and nuts X

of all other external engine parts and accessories for tight fit.
Inspect safety wiring if applicable, replace as necessary.
41. Engine Mounts (manufactured by ROTAX and AQUILA R* 12-00-00

GmbH) - Check mounts for deformation, cracks, corrosion, Sec. 2.3 X
security and damage from heat. Check mounting bolts for SB-912-028, latest
condition and correct torque value. Rev.
At engine (4 bolts M10): 35 Nm
At shock mounts (4 bolts M10): 25 Nm
At firewall (4 bolts M10): 30 Nm
Inspect shock mounts for deterioration.
42. Engine Test Run - Install cowling and perform an engine 17-10-00 X
test run as described above under No. 3. 05-20-00
After engine test run, re-tighten oil filter by hand and
examine engine and engine compartment for signs of leakage.
Compare results with first engine test run.
No. Propeller Reference Interval Initials

100 h Add.
1. Spinner - Remove from aircraft and check for delaminations 61-10-00 X

and cracks.
2. Spinner Plate - Check for cracks and fixing. X
3. Blade Root and Hub Area - Examine for oil and grease leaks. X
4. Propeller Blades - Check blade shake. (allowed up to X

3 mm [1/8 in.]
Page 07
05-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
No. Propeller (Cont.) Reference Interval Initials

100 h Add.
5. Propeller Blades - Check blade angle play. (max. 2°) X
6. Hub - Inspect outside condition of the hub and parts for X

cracks, corrosion and deterioration.
7. Check Nuts for Low Pitch - Inspect for tightness and X

safety wire.
8. Propeller Assy - Check all safety means to be intact. X
9. Propeller Flange Stop Nuts - Check correct torque X

value (45 - 47 Nm).
10. Propeller Blades - Visual Inspection for damages and MT* E-124 X
their repair. Install Spinner as required. Para. 6.2.1
thru 6.10
No. Fuselage / Cabin Reference Interval Initials

100 h Add.
1. Fuselage Shell - Visual Inspection for paint coat damages, X

dents, cracks, holes, distortion and other evidence of failure.
All unpainted parts for delaminations (white spots).
2. Lower Fin - Inspect fin and lower rudder for signs of X

breakage. Check skid plate for wear.
3. Canopy - Examine the acrylic glass for cracking, crazing X

and general condition. Check the canopy locking
mechanism operates correctly. Check wear of parts.
Inspect tubular canopy hinge frame and brackets for cracks,
distortion, corrosion, wear, and security of attachment.
Check the gas spring strut for sufficiently power and
evidence of leakage.
4. Baggage Door - Check door seal, door latching mechanism, X

and door hinge for defects and condition. Inspect door
structure for cracks or other damage.
5. Restraint Assy Pilot / Co-Pilot - Check for proper operation, X

condition, and security of attachment.
6. Seats - Verify security of attachment of the seat assy to X

aircraft structure. Check operation of seat adjustment
mechanism and seat stops. Inspect gas spring struts for oil
leakage or other damage.
7. Seats - Remove seats. Clean and lubricate seat rails as 25-10-00 Ann.
required. Visually examine that portion of the engine
controls, lines, and cables, located in the center console.
8. Main Landing Gear - Inspect fuselage structure at such X

points and areas where the main landing gear is attached.
Page 08
05-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
No. Fuselage / Cabin (Cont.) Reference Interval Initials

100 h Add.
Check for stress marks, distortion, dis-bonding, and

delamination. Inspect main landing gear strut brackets
for distortion, cracks, corrosion, and security of attachment.
Check wear and condition of the polyamide inserts.
Check bolts for correct torque.
9. Wheel Fairings - Check condition and correct fit. X
10. Parking Brake Valve - Check for evidence of leakage especially X

at the brake line connections. Check control assy for damage.
11. Flap Actuator - Check for wear and damage, for secure X
mechanical connections and loose or missing lock devices.
Check electrical wiring for wear, damage, and proper routing.
Inspect electrical connections and switches for security,
corrosion and poor condition. Check function of the limit
switches and position indicator.
12. Elevator Trim System - Check the actuator and the springs X
for security, wear and damage. Inspect all safety means
to be intact. Check electrical wiring for wear, insulation
damage, and proper routing.
Inspect electrical connections and switches for security,
corrosion and poor condition. Perform system test and check
the correct function of the position indicator.
13. Aileron and Elevator Control - Check the control sticks, the X
brackets and the control rods for distortion, cracks, chafing,
corrosion and security. Examine all bearings for condition
and security fit. Verify all safety means to be intact.
Check travel of control surfaces if the control stick is in the
full forward /neutral/ aft, and full left /neutral/ right positions.
Verify no binding or jumpy movement of the control sticks
through their full range of travel.
14. Rudder Control - Check rudder control weldment and rudder X

bellcrank for cracks, distortion, chafing and security. Inspect
rudder control support brackets, rudder pedal pivot brackets
and connection of the rudder controls with the nose gear
steering tubes for security, condition and correct splintering.
Check centering of springs and cables. Inspect control cables,
control cable guides, cable connections, turnbuckles and
hardware for correct installation, wear, safetying and proper
operation.
15. Rudder / Aileron Control Interconnection - Check condition X

and correct function.
16. Brake Lines and Brake Master Cylinder in the Forward Cabin X
Area - Check for security and signs of leakage.
17. Brake Reservoir - Check for leakage and system for trapped X
air. Inspect the vent valve in the filler cap of the brake
reservoir for obstruction and blockage. Make sure the
hydraulic brake fluid level is correct. If necessary replenish,
use only hydraulic brake fluid of the required grade
Page 09
05-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
No. Fuselage / Cabin (Cont.) Reference Interval Initials

100 h Add.
18. Hydraulic Brake Fluid - Renew. 2 years
19. Fuel Lines - Check for leakage and security. X
20. Wing Main Bolts - Inspect for proper fit, condition and 57-10-00 X
correct safetying.
21. Wing Main Bolts - Remove for visual inspection and 57-10-00 Ann.
lubrication.
22. Engine and Propeller Controls - Check for proper function, X

security of attachment and for evidence of wear.
23. Instruments - Check instrument panel mounting brackets Ann.

for security and condition. Inspect instruments for security
of attachment. Check electrical cables, hoses and lines for
correct installation and proper routing. Inspect air filter of the
pitot / static system for obstructions and contamination.
24. Exterior / Interior Placards and Markings - inspect presence, X

legibility, and security. Consult A210 Pilot’s Operating
Handbook and Airplane Flight Manual for required placards.
No. Wings, Ailerons, Flaps Reference Interval Initials

100 h Add.
1. Wings with Winglets, Ailerons, and Flaps - Visual Inspection X

for paint coat damages, dents, cracks, holes, distortion and
other evidence of failure. Examine all unpainted parts for
delaminations (white spots).
2. Wing Spars in the Fuselage Belly - Remove spar covering Ann.

and perform visual inspection of the spar web, the bonding
between the spar web and the carbon fiber spar cap strip,
as well the attachment of the root ribs to the spars. Check
security and function of control system brackets attached to
the spars.
3. Drain and Vent Holes - Check for blockage and suspect X

appearance of any liquid.
4. Ailerons - Check aileron hinges, bearings, and hinge brackets X

for security and excessive play. Check bolts and nuts for
proper safetying. Examine aileron pushrod for correct
installation with stop nuts. Check aileron actuation assembly
for suspect binding, and excessive play.
5. Aileron Hinges - Check play allowed: X

- Axial ± 1,00 mm (± 0.04 in.)
- Radial ± 0,30 mm (± 0.01 in.)
Page 10
05-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
No. Wings, Ailerons, Flaps (Cont.) Reference Interval Initials

100 h Add.
6. Aileron Control System - Measure the play in the aileron X

control system with the control surface locked.
Apply a force of 30N (6.7 lbf) sidewards to the control stick -
the maximum play allowed on the top of the stick is 10 mm
(0.4 in.) for both sides. The play should be measured at each
control stick. If excessive play is detected, investigate cause.
7. Flaps - Inspect hinge brackets for damaged paint coat, for X

cracks and for delamination. Check bearings for correct fit
and excessive play. Verify the correct safetying of all hinge
bolts and castle nuts with cotter pins.
8. Flaps - Check flap hinges for play allowed: X

- Axial ± 0,30 mm (± 0.01 in.)
- Radial ± 0,30 mm (± 0.01 in.)
Measure the play in the flap control system at the flap trailing
edge, at the inboard flap end. Max. play allowed if flaps in
takeoff and landing positions: ± 5 mm (0.2 in.). No play if
flaps retracted.
9. Flaps and Ailerons - Verify the gap between fuselage and flaps, X
between flaps and ailerons, as well as at the outboard end of
the ailerons is at least 2 mm ( 0.08 in.).
10. Pitot / Static System - Check pitot tube for security of X

attachment, condition and obstructions. Check pitot and
static pressure lines for correct installation, water and proper
routing.
11. Stall Warning System - Check for condition and proper X

operation.
12. For serial numbers from AT01-100 to AT01-126: 57-10-00 Ann.

Bonding between wing spar and upper shell - Check
condition
13. Navigation / Strobe Lights - Check operation, condition X

of lens, and security of attachments.
14. Inner Fuel Tank Ribs - Check connections of fuel and vent 28-10-00 Ann.
lines to the fuel tank and the flange gasket of the fuel level 28-20-00
sensors for signs leakage. 28-40-00
15. Fuel Vent Lines - Check fuel vent lines for blockage. X
16. Fuel Tank Drain Valves - Check for correct function and X
leakage.
17. Fuel Outlet Screens - Remove and clean. 28-10-00 Ann.
18. Fuel Filler Caps - Check for proper function and leakage. X
19. Tie Down Points - Check thread and structure around the tie 10-20-00 X
down attach point for any damage.
Page 11
05-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
No. Empennage, Elevator, Rudder Reference Interval Initials

100 h Add.
1. Empennage - Inspect complete surface of the vertical and X

horizontal stabilizers, of the elevator and rudder for damage
such as dents, cracks, holes and delamination.
2. Rudder Hinge, Elevator Hinge and Bellcranks - Check X

brackets and bellcranks for security of attachment and
corrosion. Inspect bearings for binding and excessive
play. Check correct safetying of the lower rudder pivot pin
with castellated nut and cotter pin.
3. Hinge Play and Control Surface Positioning - Verify clearance Ann.

between horizontal stabilizer and elevator horns and
clearance between vertical stabilizer and rudder horn is at
least 1 mm (0.04 in.). Check elevator hinge and rudder
hinge play max. allowed:
- Axial ± 0,30 mm (± 0.01 in.)
- Radial ± 0,30 mm (± 0.01 in.)
4. Elevator Control System - Measure the play in the elevator Ann.

control system with the control surface locked. Apply a force
of 50N (11.2 lbf) forwards and then backwards to the control
stick - the maximum play allowed on the top of the stick is
10 mm (0.4 in.) for both sides.
5. Rudder - Remove Rudder. Examine the elevator actuation 55-40-00 Ann.

assembly inside of the vertical stabilizer. Check for any
damage, for correct installation and function and for security
and wear. Inspect rudder hinge brackets, rudder yoke and
control cable thimble-eyes for security, conditions and wear.
Lubricate control cable thimble-eyes as required.
6. Rudder Rigging - Set rudder pedals in neutral position. 27-20-00 X

Verify the rudder and the nose landing gear are also in
neutral position. Set rudder pedals to fully left and then
to fully right. The rudder must hit the rudder travel stops
and the distance from rudder pedal to firewall must be
sufficiently for applying the pedal brake. Adjust position of
the rudder pedals by varying the length of nose wheel
steering tubes. Adjust rudder neutral position and control
cable tension by means of the turnbuckles in the cabin area.
No. Nose and Main Landing Gear Reference Interval Initials

100 h Add.
1. Wheel Fairings - Clean. Check for paint coat damages, X

cracks, dents and delamination.
2. Fairing Mounts - Inspect for cracks, distortion or other damage. X
3. Wheels and Rims - Clean. Check tires for wear, cuts, X

foreign matters and deterioration. Inspect rims for security,
deformation, cracks and other damage. Examine wheel
bearings for excessive play, corrosion and irregular operation.
Page 12
05-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
No. Nose and Main Landing Gear (Cont.) Reference Interval Initials
100 h Add.
Check tire pressure and proper location of the red slide marks.
4. Nose Gear Strut Mount - Check for deformation, cracks, X

and corrosion. Check nose gear strut journal bearing for
proper operation, play and correct safetying.
5. Nose Gear Strut and Elastomer Package - Check strut for X

deformation, stress marks, and cracks. Inspect correct
installation of the nose wheel fork. Inspect elastomer package
for wear, deterioration, cracks, correct fit and security.
Check journal bearings of the elastomer package for play and
condition.
6. Nose Wheel Steering - Inspect nose wheel steering tubes for X

condition, excessive play and correct safetying. Check return
springs at nose gear strut for security and verify they
tension-free, if the nose wheel is in neutral position.
7. Main Landing Gear - Check main gear struts for deformation, X

cracks, damage to the paint coat, and corrosion. Inspect
wheel axles for security of attachment to struts and for any
damage.
8. Wheel Bearings - Clean and lubricate. 12-22-00 X
9. Wheel Brakes - Clean. Check freedom of movement of the 32-40-00 X

pistons and pressure plates. Inspect brake disks and brake
linings for condition and wear. Replace brake disk if worn
below 3,8 mm (0.15 in.). Replace brake linings when worn to
3,0 mm (0.12 in.). Inspect brake fluid carrying lines at the
main landing gear for condition, leakage, and security of
attachment.
No. Return to Service Reference Interval Initials

100 h Add.
1. Install wheel fairings. X

Install seats.
Install cabin floor boards.
Install baggage compartment floorboard.
Install access panel of the baggage compartment bulkhead.
Install access panel 310AB. 06-30-00
2. Flight Controls - Check for full range of travel and excessive X

friction.
3. Flaps - Operate through full extension and retraction for X

steady and complete deployment. Check correct limit
switches operation at CRUISE, T/O and LDG flap positions.
Verify the corresponding flap switch position and the
corresponding flap position indicator reading.
4. Elevator Trim - Check for full range of travel and excessive X

friction. Inspect proper operation of the trim control switch,
Page 13
05-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
No. Return to Service (Cont.) Reference Interval Initials

100 h Add.
the limit switches, and the trim position indicator. Verify the
decreasing or increasing of the elevator control forces when
operating elevator trim.
5. Engine and Propeller controls - Check full range of motion X

without any obstruction or excessive friction to travel.
Check throttle and propeller control levers friction lock.
6. Airworthiness Directives - Verify all airworthiness directives X

complied with.
Service Letters, Service Bulletins, and Service Information -
Verify all Aquila t. E. GmbH and Suppliers service letters,
service bulletins, and service information complied with.
7. Service Time Records, Equipment List and Weight and Balance X

Records - Check, if necessary update.
8. Aircraft File and Technical Documentation - Verify X

completeness and proper order.
9. Foreign Items - Remove foreign items from aircraft if necessary. X
10. Check Flight - Perform. Ann.
The aircraft is airworthy and meets the condition specified in the aircraft data sheet. All required by Service Information and
Airworthiness Directives maintenance and all prescribed scheduled maintenance checks are accomplished.
Service Station: Next inspection if _______ hours of operation has been reached.
Place, Date
Name, Signature of Mechanic Name, Signature of Inspector Stamp
Page 14
05-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
DAILY INSPECTIONS
1. General
A. Daily inspections that are the pre-flight check and the checks after flights. These checks are to be
practiced usually daily if the aircraft is in operation.
2. Pre-flight check
A. This check is to be practiced before the first flight of the day. In this way, the general condition of
the aircraft and its engine should be ascertained.
The scope of the pre-flight check is listed in the AQUILA AT01 Airplane Flight Manual, Section 4.
A completely accomplished pre-flight check is very essential for safety of flights, since many
accidents are to be traced back to an inadequate carrying out of this check.
3. After Flights
A. These checks are to be practiced after the last flight of the day. Most of it are visual inspections.
B. The checks should contain all points of the pre-flight check.

(1) Supplementary measures:
(a) Filling fuel tanks.
(b) Park aircraft properly (Refer to 10-10-00).
(c) Check the logbook entries for remarks about faults or defects, and for correct numbers of
landings and flight hours.
(d) If necessary, moor the aircraft (Refer to 10-20-00).
Page 01
05-30-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE CHECKS
1. General
A. Special checks are to be carried out only in circumstances, outside routine inspections, where
event have occurred that may have caused damage to the aircraft or an impairment of
airworthiness possibly during the operation of the aircraft.
Furthermore, the 25-hour inspection necessary for a newly delivered aircraft and its engine, as
well as for overhauled engines and after extensive airframe repairs, falls under the special checks
since it must only be carried out once after the first 25 hours of operation of the aircraft.
2. Special Checks
A. 25-Hour Inspection
After the first 25 hours of operation of a newly delivered aircraft and its engine, after an airframe
overhaul, and after extensive airframe repairs an inspection within the specifications of a 100-hour
inspection is to be completed (Refer to 05-20-00).
After the first 25 hours of operation of newly supplied or overhauled engines an inspection of the
engine and propeller must be performed. Refer to ROTAX Aircraft Engines Maintenance Manual
for ROTAX Engines Type 912 Series pertaining this inspection.
B. Hard Landing
After an excessively hard landing or other unusual loads of the landing gear a thorough inspection
of the affected components and their attachment is required. Even if no obvious defects are
detectable, a visual inspection must be carried out. Perform the following:
(1) Prepare aircraft for visual checks as follows:

(a) Remove engine cowling (refer to 71-10-00).
(b) Remove landing gear fairings.
(c) Inside cabin and baggage compartment, remove required carpets and floorboards to
gain access to the landing gear mounting brackets (Refer to 25-21-009.
(2) Inspect main landing gear.
(a) Check wheel fairings for damages such as cracks, dents and delamination.
(b) Inspect fairing mounts for cracks, distortion or other damage.
(c) Inspect fuselage structure visually at such points and areas where the main landing gear
is attached. Check for stress marks, distortion, dis-bonding, and delamination. Inspect
main landing gear strut brackets for distortion, cracks and security of attachment. Check
condition of the polyamide inserts. Check bolts for correct torque.
(d) Check main gear struts for deformation and cracks. Inspect wheel axles for security of
attachment to struts and for any damage.
(e) Inspect tires for integrity and proper location of the red slide marks.
(f) Inspect brake fluid carrying lines at the main landing gear for condition, leakage, and
security of attachment.
Page 01
05-50-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Maintenance Checks
(3) Inspect nose landing gear.

(a) Check wheel fairing for damages such as cracks, dents and delamination.
(b) Inspect fairing mounts for cracks, distortion or other damage.
(c) Check nose gear strut mount for deformation and cracks. Check nose gear strut journal
bearing for proper operation and play.
(d) Check strut for deformation, stress marks, and cracks. Inspect elastomer package for
deterioration, cracks, correct fit and security. Check journal bearings of the elastomer
package for play and condition.
(e) Inspect nose wheel steering tubes for condition and excessive play.
(f) Inspect tire for integrity and proper location of the red slide marks.
(4) Install all items removed while preparing and accomplishing this special inspection.
(5) Perform a brake and steering system operational test (refer to 32-40-00).
C. Engine Fire
After an engine fire perform the following steps:
WARNING: If suspected that parts of the structure or of the cowling would be able to have
been damaged by the high temperatures (detectably among other things by
blistering on the protective coating), always the manufacturer should be
contacted for the appraisal of the defects before the aircraft is put into operation
again.
(1) Disconnect battery (refer to 24-30-00).

(2) Remove engine cowling (refer to 72-10-00).
(3) Examine engine cowling. Check for signs of fire damage.
(4) Examine electrical cables for damaged insulation.
(5) Examine fuel lines for damage of the fire-protection sleeves.
(6) Check oil lines for damage of the fire-protection sleeves.
(7) Check air filter element for fire damage.
(8) Examine engine mount and shock mounts for any fire damage.
(9) Check all other hoses and pipes, as well as all gaskets and seals for fire damage.
(10) Replace damaged items.
(11) Install engine cowling (refer to 72-10-00).
(12) Perform an engine test run (refer to 05-20-00).
D. Violent Stop of the Engine

In event that the propeller was touching ground or the engine was inadvertently stopped
violently (shock loading) the propeller gear box must be disassembled and inspected by an
authorized workshop. For further necessary inspections on the engine after the occurrence of a
propeller ground strike and for more information, refer to the applicable technical documentation
and to the ROTAX Maintenance Manual.
CAUTION: Only qualified technicians (authorized by Aviation Authority and after successful
attendance of the relevant ROTAX training course) are authorized to perform this
work.
Check additional equipment (external alternator, hydraulic governor, ignition unit, coolant and oil
hoses) for damage.
Page 02
05-50-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
CHAPTER 06
DIMENSIONS AND AREAS

AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Dimensions and Areas
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
Section
Title Subject Page
DIMENSIONS AND AREAS - GENERAL .....................................................06-00-00 1

AIRCRAFT DIMENSIONS AND AREAS.......................................................06-10-00 1

General 06-10-00 1
Dimensions and Areas 06-10-00 1
Weight and Static Moments of Control Surfaces 06-10-00 2
AIRCRAFT ZONING ........................................................................................06-20-00 1

General 06-20-00 1
Description 06-20-00 1
ACCESS/INSPECTION PLATES .....................................................................06-30-00 1

General 06-30-00 1
Page 01
06 - TOC
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
DIMENSIONS AND AREAS - GENERAL
1. Introduction
A. This chapter provides information about dimensions and control surface travel and tolerances of
the AQUILA AT01.
Furthermore, this chapter contains information about aircraft zoning, access and inspection plates.
B. Dimensions are presented to aid the operator and/or maintenance personnel in ground handling
the aircraft, e.g. in hangars with small park areas.
The knowledge about aircraft zoning and position of access / inspection plates facilitates the
locating and access to aircraft components.
The following sets out a brief description and intended purpose of each section of this chapter:
A. Section 6-00-00 - Dimensions and Areas - General. This section provides a general overview of
content and purpose of the chapter.
B. Section 6-10-00 - Aircraft Dimensions and Areas. This section provides aircraft dimensions and
identifies areas of the aircraft.
C. Section 6-20-00 - Aircraft Zoning. This section shows illustrations of all aircraft zones.
D. Section 6-30-00 - Access and Inspection Plates. This section contains the position and numbering
of all accesses and of all inspection plates.
Page 01
06-00-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
AIRCRAFT DIMENSIONS AND AREAS
1. General
A. The wing and tail spans are measured parallel to the respective reverence level.
B. Refer to Figure 1 for an illustration of aircraft dimensions.
2. Dimensions and Areas
Aircraft Overall:
Wing Span 10,3 m 33.8 ft

Overall Length 7,3 m 23.9 ft
Heigth max. 2,3 m 7.55 ft
Wing:
Wing Profile HQ 42 mod.

Wing Area 10,5 m² 113.6 ft²
Dihedral Angle +4,5 ° ± 0 °

Mounting Angle +2,5 ° ± 0 °
MAC 1,07 m 3.52 ft

Max. Load 71,4 kg/m²
Ailerons (both):
Area 0,65 m² 7.0 ft²

Up Travel 16 ° + 1,5 °
Down Travel 11 ° + 1,0 °
Neutral Position 0 ° up
Flaps (both):
Area 1,23 m² 13.31 ft²
Flap Setting Tolerance

(Ground) Left Right
Up 0° 0° 0°
Takeoff 17 ° ± 1,5 ° ± 1,5 °
Landing 35 ° ± 1,5 ° ± 1,5 °
Page 01
06-10-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01 Dimensions and Areas
Horizontal Stabilizer and Elevator:
Profile Fx 71/L150-30
Area (entire) 2,0 m² 21.64 ft²
MAC 0,68 m 2.24 ft
Elevator Area 0,58 m² 6.28 ft²
Up Travel 23 ° ±1,5 °
Down Travel 24 ° ±1,5 °
Span 3,0 m 9.87 ft
Vertical Stabilizer and Rudder:
Profile Fx 71/L150-30
Area 1,45 m² 15.67 ft²
Rudder Area 0,44 m² 4.76 ft²
Travel 29 ° ±1,5 °
Landing Gear:
Wheel Track 2,0 m 6.58 ft

Wheel Base 1,68 m 5.51 ft
Nose Gear Wheel Size 5.00-5
Main Gear Wheel Size 5.00-5
3. Weight and Static Moments of Control Surfaces
Control Surface Weight Control Surface Static Moment

kg Ncm
Aileron 1,35 - 2,0 20 - 90

1)
Fowler Flap 2,7 - 3,4 500 - 660
2)
Elevator 4,3 - 5,4 -30 - +40
Rudder 3,5 - 4,5 20 - 80
1) Weight values are shown for one flap. The Moment is shown for both flaps in 35° position the flap
actuator disconnected.
2) Weight values shown for elevator assembly including both elevator halves.
Page 02
06-10-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
2,3 (7.55)
1,68 (5.51)
7,3 (23,9)
10,3 (33,8)
2,0 (6,58)
MAC 1,07 (3.52)
MAC 0,68 (2.24)
3,0 (9.87)
Aircraft Dimensions [ m (ft.)]

Figure 1
Page 03
06-10-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
AIRCRAFT ZONING
1. General
A. The AQUILA AT01 is divided into numbered zones to provide a method for locating components
or parts throughout the aircraft.
This Aircraft zoning corresponds to the usual standard.
B. The zones are identified by a (3) three-digit number. The first digit in the sequence denotes the
major zone:
Major Zones: (1) 100 - Forward side of firewall and forward.

(2) 200 - Aft side of firewall to rear door post of the baggage door.
(3) 300 - Rear door post of the baggage door to end of aircraft.
(4) 500 - Left wing.
(5) 600 - Right Wing.
(6) 700 - Landing Gear.
The second digit in the sequence further divides the zones into sub-zones (Zone 110 - Propeller
and Spinner, Zone 120 - upper and lower cowling). The third digit (if needed) divides the sub-
zone into further subdivisions.
Example:
124
Major Zone Further Sub-Zone
Sub-Zone
2. Description
A. For a breakdown of the aircraft zones, refer to Figure 1.
Page 01
06-20-00
26.04.05
120 340
110 310
211(Interior)
722 721
720
110
120
510 610
520 620
210
222
310
221 223
Instrument Panel
122 121
330 320 124 123
Firewall
Aircraft Zones
Figure 1
Page 02
06-20-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
ACCESS & INSPECTION PLATES
1. General
A. Accesses / inspection plates on the AQUILA AT01 are used to gain access to various systems,
components and parts of structure during maintenance and for inspection.
B. The access and inspection plates are designated logically.
(1) System of numbering of the access / inspection plates

All access / inspection plates are identified using a series of numbers and letters which specify
zone (see section 6-20-00) and location within this zone. Primary identifiers follow the three-
number sequence, with the first plate identified as „A“, the second as „B“ and so on. Locators
follow the primary identifier and denote top, left, right or internal orientation of the plate.
Example:
340AL
Vertical Stabilizer left-hand side
First access / inspection plate

In this region
2. Description
A. For an illustration that shows the various accesses / inspection plates used on the AQUILA AT01,
refer to Figure 1.
210AB Wing Removal /Installation, Aileron / Flap Control Systems, Fuel System, Wing
Structure.
510AB Left Flap Actuation Lever

610AB Right Flap Actuation Lever
510BB Left Inboard Fuel Tank Rib, Fuel / Vent Lines, Fuel Lever Sender
610BB Right Inboard Fuel Tank Rib, Fuel / Vent Lines, Fuel Lever Sender
520AB Left Aileron Bellcrank

620AB Right Aileron Bellcrank
Page 01
06-30-00
26.04.05
610AB 510AB
620AB 210AB 520AB

610BB 510BB
Access / Inspection Plates

Figure 1
Page 02
06-30-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
CHAPTER 07
LIFTING AND SHORING

AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Lifting and Shoring
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
Section
Title Subject Page
LIFTING AND SHORING - GENERAL.........................................................07-00-00 1

JACKING.............................................................................................................07-10-00 201
General 07-10-00 201
Tools, Equipment and Material 07-10-00 201
Jacking Procedure 07-10-00 201
Lifting 07-10-00 202
Page 01
07 - TOC
27.09.01
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Lifting and Shoring
LIFTING AND SHORING - GENERAL
1. Introduction
A. This chapter describes procedures used to lift and shore the aircraft. The necessary equipment for
lifting and shoring is provided and described how use it during the procedures.
A. Section 7-00-00 - Lifting and Shoring - General. This section provides a general overview of
B. Section 7-10-00 - Jacking. This section contains procedures, supplementary information and
required equipment for jacking the aircraft.
Page 01
07-00-00
27.09.01
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Lifting and Shoring
JACKING
1. General
A. The AQUILA AT01 is raised at two points and supported at the tail. The jack points are located at
the bottom of the fuselage root ribs. (see Fig. 201). Special adapters must be installed prior to
lifting.
B. If needed the AQUILA AT01 may be lifted at a hoist.
2. Tools, Equipment and Material
Required in Quantity Equipment Parts No. Manufacturer
3.A 2 Jack - Commercially available

3.A 2 Adapter AQUILA T. E. GmbH
3.A 1 Tail Stand - Commercially available
3.A 2 Wing Trestles - Commercially available
3. Jacking Procedure
A. Jacking the Aircraft
CAUTION: DO NOT RAISE THE AIRCRAFT OUTSIDE IF THE WIND VELOCITY IS MOORE
THEN 6 KNOTS.
(1) Position aircraft on a hard, flat, level surface. In the open air set the aircraft with the nose
into the wind.
CAUTION: USE ONLY JACKS IN COMBINATION WITH ADAPTERS DELIVERED BY

AQUILA T. E. GMBH.
(2) Install adapters to jack points (marked red).

(3) Place jacks at the correct positions under the fuselage (see Fig. 201) and extend to engage
with the jacking points.
(4) Remove wheel chocks.
(5) Place the tail stand with adapter under the lower fin and extend to engage with the lower fin
skid plate. Secure tail stand lock.
(6) Raise jacks simultaneously, keeping the aircraft as level as possible.
(7) Secure jack locks.
(8) Place the wing trestles in position under each wing (Zone 530 /630).
B. Lowering The Aircraft

(1) Remove the wing trestles from under the wings.
(2) Check, the area immediately under and over the aircraft is clear.
(3) Slowly lower the jacks simultaneously, keeping the aircraft as level as possible.
Page 201
07-10-00
30.01.03
AQUILA AT01 Lifting and Shoring
(4) When the main tires are resting on the ground, lower the jacks completely and remove them.
(5) Remove tail stand.
(6) Remove adapters from jack points.
4. Lifting
A. Lifting Procedure
(1) The airplane may be lifted with a one-ton (2205 lbs) hoist for maintenance purposes. The
front sling is hooked to the two upper engine mount bars. The aft sling is positioned around
B
A
A - Jack Points (right / left hand)
B - Tail Stand Positioning Zone
Aircraft Jack Points

Figure 201
Page 202
07-10-00
30.01.03
AQUILA AT01
CHAPTER 08
LEVELING AND WEIGHING

AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Leveling and Weighing
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
Section
Title Subject Page
LEVELING AND WEIGHING - GENERAL..................................................08-00-00 1

Weighing .............................................................................................................08-10-00 201

General 08-10-00 201
Weighing Procedure 08-10-00 201
Leveling...............................................................................................................08-20-00 201
General 08-20-00 201
Leveling Procedure 08-20-00 201
Page 01
08 - TOC
27.09.01
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
LEVELING AND WEIGHING - GENERAL
1. Introduction
A. This chapter provides all the necessary information to properly level the aircraft and to prepare it
for weighing.
A. Section 8-00-00 - Leveling and Weighing - General. This section provides a general overview of
B. Section 8-10-00 - Weighing. This section contains maintenance practices, supplementary

information and required equipment for weighing the aircraft.
C. Section 8-20-00 Leveling. This section provides maintenance practices and required equipment
for longitudinal and lateral leveling of the aircraft.
Page 01
08-00-00
27.09.01
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
WEIGHING
1. General
A. For safety and in order to achieve the performances and flying characteristics, which are designed
in the aircraft, it should be flown with the weight and center of gravity (C.G.) position within the
approved operating range.
Whenever new equipment is added or any modification work is done, which may have an effect
on the empty weight or C.G. position, an empty weight determination and a center of gravity
location is to be redefined.
3.A. 3 Industry scales - commercially

500 kg available
(approx. 1100 lbs)
Scale capacity
3. Weighing Procedure
A. Weighing can be carried out by means of mechanical or electrical scales. The instructions of the
scale manufacturer are to be considered.
Preparation:
(1) Be certain that all items checked in the aircraft equipment list are installed in the proper
location in the aircraft.
(2) Clean and dry the aircraft, remove foreign items such as bags, rags, tools, etc.
(3) De-fuel aircraft except for unusable fuel (refer to 12-11-00).
(4) Fill engine operating fluids (oil, coolant) and brake fluid up to the maximum markings (refer
to 12-12-00, 12-14-00, 12-15-00).
(5) Move sliding seats to the most forward position.
(6) Retract flaps completely.
(7) Place all control surfaces in neutral position.
After these preparations, place scales under each wheel. Be sure that no side forces act on the
scales to avoid wrong readings.
After this level the aircraft such as described in section 08-20-00 "Leveling".
NOTE: Weigh the aircraft inside a closed building to prevent errors in the scale readings
due to wind.
Close the canopy and then weigh the aircraft. The weight shown on each scale can now be
entered into the weight data form (see Abb.201). Deduct the non-aircraft parts, if any (i. e. wheel
chocks), from each reading.
Page 201
08-10-00
27.09.01
AQUILA AT01 Leveling and Weighing
AIRCRAFT WEIGHING REPORT

MODEL: SERIAL NUMBER: REGISTRATION NUMBER: DATE:
Data in accordance with Airplane Flight Manual
Reference Datum: Leading edge of wing root rib.

Horizontal reference line: Refer to 08-20-00 for information on longitudinal leveling.
Weighing Conditions: Including brake fluid, eng. oil and coolant, unusable fuel.
Equipment list - dated:
DCG
DN DL,DR
MN M L, R
Position Gross ~ kg (lbs) Tare ~ kg (lbs) Net Weight ~ kg (lbs) Lever Arm ~ m (in.)
_
Nose Wheel MN = DN =
Right Main Wheel ML = DL = +
Left Main Wheel MR = DR = +
Empty Mass (Weight) MEmpty= MN + ML + MR = Kg (lbs)
Empty Weight Moment: MOEmpty=MN x DN + ML x DL + MR x DR = kgm (in.lbs)

CG Position for Empty Weight: DSL = MOEmpty / MEmpty = m (in.)
+ MTOW +
Maximum Useful Load _ Empty Weight
_
= Max. Useful Load =
Data to be entered into the Airplane Flight Manual, Section 6:
Empty Weight ~ kg (lbs) Empty Weight Moment ~ kgm (in.lbs)
Location / Date Stamp Signature
Aircraft Weighing Form

Figure 201
Page 202
08-10-00
27.09.01
AQUILA AT01
Obtain measurement „DN“ and „DL / DR“ (Refer Fig. 201) by dropping a plumb bob from leading
edge of wing at root rib to a flat surface (floor).
NOTE: The distances „DN“ and „DL / DR“ must be measured on every weighing!
Further information for computing the C. G. are contained in the AQUILA AT01 Airplane Flight
Manual, section 6.
Page 203
08-10-00
27.09.01
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
LEVELING
1. General
A. Before every weighing process, the aircraft is to be leveled.
3. 1 Spirit level - commercially

at least 1m available
(3.28 ft) length
3. 1 Straight Edge - commercially

available
3. Leveling Procedure
CAUTION: AFTER WEIGHING PROCEDURE IS ACCOMPLISHED, INFLATE TIRES TO

RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRESSURES (REFER TO 12-16-00).
A. Longitudinal Leveling
(1) Place a wedge on fuselage tube (refer to Figure 201).
(2) Place a spirit level on top the wedge.
(3) To level the aircraft longitudinally, deflate nose gear tire to center bubble in level.
B. Lateral Leveling
(1) Open the canopy.
(2) Place a straight edge on top and perpendicular to cabin sidewalls, centered.
(3) Place level on top and parallel to straight edge, centered.
(4) To level aircraft laterally, deflate main gear tire to center bubble in level.
Page 201
08-20-00
27.09.01
AQUILA AT01 Leveling and Weighing
Longitudinal Leveling
800 800
102
25
°
5,5
Wedge Positioning
Figure 201
Page 202
08-20-00
27.09.01
AQUILA AT01
CHAPTER 09
TOWING AND TAXIING

AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Towing and Taxiing
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
Section
Title Subject Page
TOWING AND TAXIING - GENERAL ..........................................................09-00-00 1

TOWING.............................................................................................................09-10-00 201
General 09-10-00 201
Towing Procedure 09-10-00 202
TAXIING .............................................................................................................09-20-00 201

General 09-20-00 201
Taxiing Procedure 09-20-00 201
Page 01
09 - TOC
01.10.01
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Towing and Taxiing
TOWING AND TAXIING - GENERAL
1. Introduction
A. This chapter describes the towing procedure and the taxiing procedure for the AQUILA AT01.
It contains instructions as to how the aircraft can be moved without a tow bar.
A. Section 9-00-00 - Towing and Taxiing - General. This section provides a general overview of
B. Section 9-10-00 - Towing. This section contains procedures, supplementary information and
required equipment for towing the aircraft.
C. Section 9-20-00 - Taxiing. This section contains taxiing procedure.
Page 01
09-00-00
01.10.01
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Towing and Taxiing
TOWING
1. General
A. The aircraft may be moved by hand with a tow bar or by a towing vehicle. In the following, the
towing procedure is described.
2. Tools, equipment and materials Required
3.A. 1 Tow bar - AQUILA T. E. GmbH

3.B. 1 Tow bar - AQUILA T. E. GmbH
(Vehicle)
3. Towing procedure
A. Towing by Tow Bar
The AQUILA AT01 is usually moved manually by means of a tow bar. The following technique
should be kept:
(1) Insert tow bar into nose wheel towing lugs.

(3) Tow the aircraft to desired location.
(4) Chock the main wheels fore/aft as required.
(5) Remove tow bar.
B. Towing With Tow Vehicle
The following procedure is to be kept if the aircraft should be moved by means of a vehicle:
CAUTION: WHILE TOWING THE AIRCRAFT WITH A VEHICLE, A PERSON SHOULD BE IN

THE COCKPIT, IN ORDER TO BE ABLE TO APPLY THE BRAKES IN THE EVENT
OF AN EMERGENCY.
DO NOT EXCEED THE NOSE GEAR TURNING ANGLE OF 20° EITHER SIDE
OF CENTER, OR DAMAGE TO THE NOSE GEAR CANNOT BE EXCLUDED.
MAKE SURE THAT THE TOW BAR IS PROPERLY CONNECTED TO THE

VEHICLE.
(1) Insert tow bar into nose wheel towing lugs.

(2) Attach the tow bar to tow vehicle.
(3) Remove any installed rudder lock.
Page 201
09-10-00
01.10.01
AQUILA AT01 Towing and Taxiing
(4) Release parking brake.

(5) Tow aircraft to desired location.
(6) Chock the main wheels fore/aft as required.
(7) If necessary install any rudder lock.
(8) Remove tow bar from tow vehicle and aircraft.
C. Moving Aircraft Without Tow Bar
CAUTION: DO NOT EXERT A PUSHING OR PULLING FORCE ON THE CONTROL

SURFACES, THE PROPELLER TIPS, OR ON THE PROPELLER SPINNER.
(1) Turn Aircraft Around Main Wheels

Press down on the fuselage in front of the vertical stabilizer to raise the nose wheel off
ground. With the nose wheel clear of the ground, the aircraft can be turned by pivoting
about the main wheels.
Page 202
09-10-00
01.10.01
AQUILA AT01
Towing and Taxiing
TAXIING
1. General
The AQUILA AT01 is controlled with a steerable nose wheel linked through the rudder pedals and toe
operated brakes during taxiing.
While taxiing, the engine is to be operated as well as described in Section 4 of the AQUILA AT01
Airplane Flight Manual.
2. Taxiing procedure
A. To move the aircraft on ground by means of its engine consider the following:
WARNING! TAXIING OF THE AIRCRAFT MUST BE CARRIED OUT BY AUTHORIZED

PERSONNEL ONLY.
(1) Remove all items (workshop trolley, GPU etc) near of the aircraft.
(2) Remove any control locks, wheel chocks, tow bar and tie-downs.
WARNING! CHECK ONCE MORE, NO MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL OR OTHER

OBSTACLE IS NEAR OF THE AIRCRAFT.
(3) Start the engine (Refer to AQUILA AT01 Airplane Flight Manual, Section 4).
(4) Release parking brake.
(5) Power should be applied slowly to start the taxi roll. Taxi a few feet forward and apply
brakes to determine their full effectiveness.
(6) While taxiing, use the steerable nose wheel to change direction..
WARNING! ALWAYS SELECT THE TAXI SPEED IN SUCH MANNER THAT IN THE EVENT
OF BRAKE FAILURE A COLLISION WITH PERSONS OR STATIONARY
OBJECTS IS EXCLUDED.
CAUTION! DO NOT OPERATE THE ENGINE AT HIGH RPM WHILE RUNNING UP OR

TAXIING OVER GRAVEL, LOOSE STONES, OR ANY LOOSE MATERIAL, TO
PREVENT ABRASION AND STONE DAMAGE TO THE PROPELLER BLADES.
(7) Taxi aircraft to the desired place.

(8) Shut down the engine (Refer to AQUILA AT01 Airplane Flight Manual, Section 4).
(9) Park and secure the aircraft as prescribed (Refer to Chapter 10).
Page 201
09-20-00
01.10.01
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
CHAPTER 10
PARKING, MOORING, STORAGE
AND RETURN TO SERVICE
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Parking, Mooring . .
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
Section
Title Subject Page
PARKING, MOORING, STORAGE AND

RETURN TO SERVICE - GENERAL ..............................................................10-00-00 1
PARKING ............................................................................................................10-10-00 201

General 10-10-00 201
Parking 10-10-00 201
STORAGE ...........................................................................................................10-11-00 201

Storage with a Duration up to 30 Days 10-11-00 201
Storage with a Duration up to 90 Days 10-11-00 201
MOORING .........................................................................................................10-20-00 201

General 10-20-00 201
Mooring 10-20-00 201
RETURN TO SERVICE .....................................................................................10-30-00 201

Return to Service After a Storage up to 30 Days 10-30-00 201
Return to Service After a Storage up to 90 Days 10-30-00 202
Page 01
10 - TOC
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
PARKING, MOORING, STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE -

GENERAL
1. Introduction
This chapter provides instructions necessary to park and moor the aircraft.
2. General description
The chapter is subdivided into different sections in order to facilitate the location of required
information the maintenance personnel. Subsequently, a short description of the sections:
A. Section 10-00-00 - Parking, Mooring, Storage and Return to Service - General. This section gives a
survey via content and purpose of the chapter.
B. Section 10-10-00 - Parking. This section contains information as the airplane is to be parked.
C. Section 10-11-00 - Storage. The section provides instructions for proper storage of the aircraft.
D. Section 10-20-00 - Mooring. This section contains procedure, supplementary information and
required equipment for anchoring the aircraft.
E. Section 10-30-00 - Return to Service. This section provides information about necessary service
after storage in dependence of different duration of storage.
Page 01
10-00-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
PARKING
1. General
A. In order to protect the aircraft when it is parked in the open, the following parking instructions
should be applied. The extent of the measures depends on park duration and weather conditions.
2. Parking
A. If the aircraft for shorter time is parked, the following procedure should be applied:
(1) Taxi or tow aircraft into parking position (Refer to Chapter 9).
(2) Head the aircraft into the wind if possible.
(3) If flaps down, retract flaps.
(4) Set parking brake.
(4) Chock main gear wheels.
(5) If necessary install any rudder lock.
(6) Install the pitot head cover.
(7) Close and lock canopy.
NOTE: When parking the aircraft in adverse weather conditions such as gusty or strong
winds, it is recommended that the aircraft is stored indoors or secured outside more
securely (Refer to 10-20-00).
Page 201
10-10-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
STORAGE
1. Storage - up to 30 Days
A. The following guidelines are applicable for situations in which the aircraft is not to be used for
periods of time between 7 and 30 Days. They are meant to help prevent deterioration of the
aircraft during periods of non-use.
(1) To prepare the engine for storage, check for correct oil level and add oil if necessary to bring
the level to the full mark. Then, run the engine for at least five minutes at 1200 to 1500 RPM
with oil and cylinder heat temperatures in the normal operating range. Shut down the
engine.
(2) Top up the fuel tanks to prevent condensation of water in the tanks.
(3) Install covers over the cabin area to keep out moisture and sunlight. Install Pitot tube cover.
To prevent oxidation of the finish, the use of covers over the composite fuselage during
extended periods of outdoor tie-down, especially in summer time, is recommended.
WARNING: BEFORE ROTATING THE PROPELLER BLADES, MAKE CERTAIN THAT THE
IGNITION SWITCH IS IN THE OFF-POSITION AND THE THROTTLE IS
CLOSED.
CAUTION: DO NOT ROTATE THE PROPELLER CLOCKWISE.
(4) After every seven days during storage, rotate the propeller by hand. After rotating the
engine six revolutions, stop the propeller 60° to 120° from its former position.
(5) If, at the end of 30 days, the aircraft will not be removed from storage, the engine should be
started and run in a safe area. The preferred method is to fly the aircraft for at least 30
minutes.
2. Storage with a Duration up to 90 Days
A. For storage periods not to exceed 90 days, the following methods of treatment are required:
(1). Fuel system

(a) The fuel tanks must be filled completely with correct grade fuel.
(2) Engine
(a) Consult the ROTAX Aircraft Engines Operator’s Manual for engine preservation
recommendations for the installed engine.
(3) Electrical System

(a) Remove battery and store in a cool, dry room. Perform service as described in chapter
12 "Ground Services".
(b) Cover or mask any disconnected electrical leads to protect against corrosion.
(4) Airframe
(a) Clean aircraft inside and outside. Remove any oil or grease from surfaces.
(b) Wax aircraft thoroughly.
Page 201
10-11-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01 Parking, Mooring . .
(5) Brakes
(a) Frequently apply brakes at least once week.
(6) Pitot tube

(a) Install a pitot head cover.
(7) Ventilation of the aircraft

(a) Ventilate aircraft well before store.
(b) In the open air, depending on external conditions (high humidity, high temperatures
etc.) possibly ventilate aircraft several times during storage.
(8) Landing gear, wheels and tires

(a) Landing gear:
It is recommended to jack up the aircraft to relieve load of the landing gear.
(b) Wheels:
Rotate wheels at least once a week 3 - 4 revolutions to avoid brake/disc corrosion.
(c) Tire:
1 Clean any oil or grease from tires and treat with a tire protective.
The aircraft cannot be blocked up:

2 Rotate wheels. Mark position of the tire and date with chalk.
Page 202
10-11-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
MOORING
1. General
A. If the airplane is temporary stored in the open air, it should always be anchored. Strong wind and
gusts of wind can cause great damage to an aircraft, which is not securely anchored.
3.B. 3 Ropes - AQUILA T. E. GmbH

3.B. 2 Tie-Down - AQUILA T. E. GmbH
Rings
3. Mooring
A. The aircraft has three tie-down points; two are located on the underside of the wings and the
third is located on the lower fin.
B. Tie-down the aircraft as follows:

(1) Park aircraft, as in section 10-10-00 "Parking" described manner.
(2) Immobilize the ailerons and elevator by looping the seat belt around the control stick and
pulling it tight.
(3) Chock the main gear wheels fore and aft.
(4) Screw tie-down ring into the adapter at the underside of each wing (red marked).
(5) Secure tie-down ropes to the wing tie-down rings and to the lower fin. Secure at
approximately 45-degree angles to the ground and secure each rope to a ramp tie-down
point.
(6) Install pitot cover.
(7) Remove all loose parts and foreign items, which can cause damage to the aircraft.
WARNING: REMOVE TIE-DOWN RINGS BEFORE FLIGHT. FLIGHT WITH INSERTED

TIE-DOWN RINGS HAS NOT BEEN TESTED.
Page 201
10-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
RETURN TO SERVICE
1. After Storage with Duration of 5 - 30 Days
A. After storage with duration of between 5 and 30 days, the following procedures are necessary for
returning to service:
(1) Perform a complete pre-flight check
2. After Storage with a Duration from 30 up to90 Days
A. After storage with duration from 30 to 90 days, the following procedures are necessary for
returning to service:
(1) Remove aircraft from blocks (Refer to Chapter 7 "Lifting and Shoring").
(2) Engine
(a) In accordance with the practiced preserving measures, return engine to service as
described in the ROTAX Aircraft Engines Operator's Manuel for installed engine model.
(b) After removing spark plugs, rotate propeller several revolutions counterclockwise. Then
reinstall spark plugs.
(c) Check oil level and grade.
(3) Fuel System

(a) Check fuel filter and clean it if necessary
(b) Check fuel tanks and lines for water and sediment. Drain fuel into clear cup and check
for water and sediment. Drain until water or sediment is gone.
(4) Electrical System

(a) Check battery and install.
(b) Remove all covers, which have been installed against corrosion at separate connections
and restore connection.
(5) Airframe
(a) Remove any installed locks and all materials to cover openings.
(6) Perform a thorough pre-flight inspection.
Page 201
10-30-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
CHAPTER 11
PLACARDS AND MARKINGS

AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Placards and Markings
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
Section
Title Subject Page
PLACARDS AND MARKINGS - GENERAL .................................................11-00-00 1

EXTERIOR PLACARDS AND MARKINGS...................................................11-20-00 201

General 11-20-00 201
Removal/Installation 11-20-00 201
Maintenance / Care 11-20-00 204
INTERIOR PLACARDS AND MARKINGS ...................................................11-30-00 201

General 11-30-00 201
Removal/Installation 11-30-00 201
Page 01
11 - TOC
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
PLACARDS AND MARKINGS - GENERAL
1. Introduction
A. This chapter provides information about graphics, placards, labels and markings inside and
outside as well as its maintenance and repair.
A. Section 11-00-00 - Placards and Markings General. This section provides a general overview of
content and purpose of the chapter. The structure is explained.
B. Section 11-20-00 - Exterior Placards and Markings. This section gives maintenance and care
instructions to exterior placards, graphics, markings etc. and contains information about required
equipment and material.
C. Section 11-30-00 - Interior placards and Markings. This section gives maintenance and care
instructions to interior placards, graphics, markings etc. and contains information about required
equipment and material.
Page 01
11-00-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
EXTERIOR PLACARDS AND MARKINGS
1. General
A. This section gives maintenance and care instructions to exterior graphics, markings, etc. Figure
201 shows the aircraft exterior placards and markings.
3.A. and B. 1 Heat gun - Commercially Available

3.A. and B. as Isopropyl Alcohol - Commercially Available
Required
3.B. 1 Needle - Commercially Available
3.B. 1 Handy, Dense, - Commercially Available
Closed cell foam
Block
3. Removal / Installation
A. Remove self-adhesive Graphics
NOTE: Reference marks should be made on aircraft before removing old graphics.
(1) Warm the graphic a little by using a heat gun (approx. 40-50°).
(2) Carefully separate a corner of the graphic from the aircraft and then pull downward on
graphic. Remove graphic.
(3) Remove all traces of old adhesive by using a cloth with isopropyl alcohol as required.
B. Install self-adhesive Graphics

(1) Clean aircraft surface carefully. Remove all old adhesive traces using isopropyl alcohol.
(2) Remove paperliner from backside of graphic to expose adhesive.
(3) Position top edge of graphic precisely.
(4) Work uniformly downward and apply graphic to aircraft with a dry, clean cloth.
(5) Remove the premask (outer protective film) from the graphic.
(6) Remove air bubbles by perforating bubble with a small diameter needle and then flattening.
4. Maintenance / Care
A. The following instructions should be followed to guarantee a maximum service life for the
graphics:
(1) Clean aircraft exterior surface always as in chapter 12, section "Aircraft Exterior - Cleaning",
paragraph 4, described manner.
(2) Do not use any solvents for cleaning the graphics.
Page 201
11-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01 Placards and Markings
Note: Placards illustrated not in scale.
P
N P O
A
K M L
P
C
O
G F D B I
J N
O
M
C
H K
A
B
E F
G B D P
EN 228 SUPER EN 228 SUPER
EN 228 SUPER plus EN 228 SUPER plus
AVGAS 100 LL AVGAS 100 LL

USABLE FUEL 54,8 Liters
AUSFLIEGBAR 54,8 Liter
(14.5 U.S. GAL)
Detail- A
KRAFTSTOFF
FUEL DRAIN
ABLASS
Detail- B
VERZURRPUNKT TIE DOWN

Detail- C
Exterior Placards and Markings

Figure 201 (Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 202
11-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
2,5 bar 36 PSI

Detail- D
2,0 bar 30 PSI

Detail- E
(roteMarkierung
Detail- F
( Red Jack Point Markings)
der Aufbockpunkte)
Aufbockpunkt Detail- G Jack Point
Erdungspunkt Electric Ground

Auspuffendrohr Exhaust Port
Detail- H
HAUBE CANOPY
GEÖFFNET UNLOCKED
Detail- I
HAUBE CANOPY
VERRIEGELT LOCKED
Detail-J
Rot Red
Gelb Yellow
Grün Detail-K Green
(Farbmarkierungen für die Position (Colored Flap Position Markings )
der Landeklappe)
Detail-L
ELT ELT
HIER EINGEBAUT INSTALLED HERE

Page 203
11-20-00
30.04.08
Detail- M
NICHT BETRETEN Detail- N
NO STEP or PUSH
Detail- O
NICHT SCHIEBEN
Detail- P
NO PUSH

Page 204
11-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
WINTER KIT MUST BE REMOVED ABOVE 15°C (59°F)

WINTER KIT SHOULD BE INSTALLED BELOW 5°C (41°F)
KÜHLERABDECKUNG OBERHALB 15°C (59°F) ENTFERNEN

KÜHLERABDECKUNG UNTERHALB 5°C (41°F) INSTALLIEREN
Detail- A
Externe GROUND
Stromversorgung POWER
Detail- B
12 V DC 12 VDC

EFFECTIVITY
Aircraft equipped with an external power system Page 205
and / or winterization kit 11-20-00
30.04.08
(3) Test other cleaning agents in a small inconspicuous place of the graphic.
(4) Do not allow fuel to spill on graphics. If fuel spills on graphics, wipe off by a cloth and rinse
with water thoroughly.
(5) Do not eliminate snow and ice on surfaces using peaked and sharp-edged instruments.
(6) If a high-pressure washer is used, keep nozzle at least 0,5 m (approx. 1,6 ft) from edge of
graphic.
Page 206
11-20-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
INTERIOR PLACARDS AND MARKINGS
1. General
A. This section gives information about removal and installation of interior placards, markings etc.
Figure 201 shows the aircraft interior placards and markings.
B. If the information on the placard is no longer completely readable or the placard is partially or has
totally come off, the placard must be replaced with a new one.
3.A 1 Heat gun - Commercially Available

3.A as Isopropyl Alcohol - Commercially Available
required
3.B 1 Needle - Commercially Available
3. Removal / Installation
A. Remove Self-adhesive Placards

(1) Heat up placard a little by using a heat gun (approx. 40-50°C).
(2) Carefully separate a corner of the placard and then pull parallel to surface to remove it.
(3) Remove all traces of old adhesive by using a cloth with isopropyl alcohol as required.
B. Install Self-adhesive Placards

(1) Remove protective film from backside of placard to expose adhesive.
(2) Position top edge of the placard precisely.
(3) Apply placard by rubbing with a dry, clean cloth.
(4) Remove air bubbles by perforating bubble with a small diameter needle and then flattening.
Page 201
11-30-00
30.04.08
R S
V W
Q
Z X
U R T
H1 Q
B I A1
M1
K1
J D1
D A
N1 G1
L
L1 E1 C1 K
B1
I1
C
F G
F1 Y N
H H
E
H H
P
* Position of this placard can On the right side wall of the
vary on the instrument panel. M 3x J1 center pedestal adjacent to
the adjusting knob.
Interior Placards and Markings

Page 202
11-30-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Com/NAV Überzieh- Kontroll- Com/NAV Stall Advisory

warnung leuchten Warning Lights
Intercom OAT/CHT Ladekontroll- Intercom OAT/CHT Charge

leuchte Light
Wende- Kraftstoff- Reserve Turn Fuel Reserved

zeiger vorrat Indicator Level
Höhen- Instru- Trimm- Encoder Instru- Elev. Trim

kodierer mente 2 steuerung ments 2 System
Künstlicher Instru- Klappen- Attidude Instru- Flap Control

Horizont mente 3 steuerung Gyro ments 3 System
Kurskreisel 12 V Steck- Starterrelais Directional 12V DC Starter

dose Gyro Receptacle Relay
GPS Batterie Klappen- GPS Battery Flap

motor Actuator
Transponder Generator Trimmotor Transponder Alternator Trim
Detail- A
Actuator
Com/NAV Überzieh- Kontroll- Com/NAV Stall Advisory

warnung leuchten Warning Lights
Intercom OAT/CHT Ladekontroll- Intercom OAT/CHT Charge

leuchte Light
Wende- Kraftstoff- Lüfter Turn Fuel Avionics

zeiger vorrat Avionik Indicator Level Cooling Fan
Höhen- Instru- Trimm- Encoder Instru- Elev. Trim

kodierer mente 1 steuerung ments 1 System
Künstlicher Instru- Klappen- Attidude Instru- Flap Control

Horizont mente 2 steuerung Gyro ments 2 System
Kurskreisel 12 V Steck- Starterrelais Directional 12V DC Starter

dose Gyro Receptacle Relay
GPS Batterie Klappen- GPS Battery Flap

motor Actuator
Detail- A *
Transponder Generator Trimmotor Transponder Alternator Trim
Actuator
* - Applicable for aircraft equipped with Garmin avionics.

EFFECTIVITY
Page 203
100 - 172
11-30-00
30.04.08
FLARM FLARM
Instr.-Brett- Panel
Com/NAV CDI beleuch- Com/NAV CDI Light
2 tung 2
Com/NAV Überzieh- Kontroll- Com/NAV Stall Warning

1 Warnung leuchten 1 Warning Lights
Lade- Alternator
Intercom OAT/CHT kontroll- Intercom OAT/CHT Warning
leuchte Light
Wende- Kraftstoff- Lüfter Turn Fuel Cooler

zeiger vorrat Avionik Coordin. Gauge Avionics
Höhen- Instru- Trimm- Blind Instru- Trim

kodierer mente 1 steuerung Encoder ments 1 Control
Künstl. Instru- Klappen- Attitude Instru- Flap

Horizont mente 2 anzeige Gyro ments 2 Control
12V Steck- Starter- 12V DC Starter-

Kurskreisel Directional
dose relais Receptacle relay
Gyro
Batterie Klappen- Battery Flap

GPS GPS
motor Actuator
Trans- Trimm- Trans- Trim

Generator Alternator
ponder motor ponder Actuator
Detail- A
FOR N 30 60 E 120 150

STEER
FOR S 210 240 W 300 330
STEER
DATE: AIRPATH C2300
Detail- B

Page 203
11-30-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
ÖLTEMPERATUR
Detail- C OIL TEMP.
Detail- D CYL. HEAD TEMP.

ZYLINDERKOPFTEMP.
HEIZUNG CABIN HEAT

ZIEHEN EIN Detail- E PULL ON
Detail- F
VERGASERVORW. CARB. HEAT
ZIEHEN EIN PULL ON
Detail- G
CHOKE CHOKE
ZIEHEN EIN PULL ON
START
VOLLGAS OPEN HIGH
Max.
RPM
RPM
Min. LOW
LEERLAUF RPM IDLE RPM
REISE
Detail- H
TRIMM- TRIM
ANZEIGE CONTROL
Kopflastig NOSE DOWN
Start T/O
Detail- I
Schwanzlastig NOSE UP
RAUCHEN NO
VERBOTEN SMOKING
Detail- J
Detail- K
Voltmeter Voltmeter
KRAFTSTOFF FUEL CAPACITY
Detail- L
109,6 Liter ausfliegbar 109,6 Liter Usable

Page 204
11-30-00
30.04.08
KOPFLASTIG NOSE DOWN
TRIMM- TRIM
SCHALTER SWITCH
SCHWANZLASTIG
Detail- M NOSE UP
ÖLDRUCK Detail- N OIL PRESS.
PARKBREMSE PARKING BRAKE

ZIEHEN EIN
Detail- O PULL SET
TREIBSTOFF FUEL
AUSFLIEGBAR USABLE
109,6 LITER
109,6 Liter
TANKWECHSEL
ALLE 60 MIN SWITCH TANKS
EVERY 60 MIN
Detail- P
VORNEHMEN
HAUBE CANOPY
GEÖFFNET OPEN
Detail- Q
HAUBE CANOPY
VERRIEGELT CLOSED
Detail- R
PILOT COPILOT PILOT COPILOT
KOPFHÖHRER HEADPHONES
Detail- S

Page 205
11-30-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
GEPÄCK max. 40 KG BAGGAGE MAX: 40 KG

NUR MIT SECURELY
VERZURRUNG ANCHORE DOWN
Detail- T
Detail- U
HYDRAULIKÖL HYD. BRAKE
FLUID 4 FLUID (FLUID 4)
! ACHTUNG ! ! CAUTION !
Kein Flugmotorenöl einfüllen. DO NOT use aviation grade oil
Siehe Flughandbuch Detail- V Refer to POH
ÖLFÜLLUNG 3,0 Liter OIL CAPACITY 3,0 (l)
Detail- W
SIEHE FLUGHANDBUCH REFER to POH
KÜHLMITTEL
Detail- X COOLANT
Amperemeter Detail- Y Ammeter
KÜHLMITTEL-
AUSGLEICHGEFÄSS
COOLANT
Detail- Z
NICHT ÖFFNEN
DO NOT OPEN
ELT-REMOTE-CONTROL ELT-REMOTE-CONTROL
Zur Aktivierung den Hauptschalter To activate switch transmitter
des ELT auf ARMED stellen!
Detail- A1 to ARMED!
STECKDOSE RECEPTACLE
12 - 14 V 12 - 14 V DC
Detail- B1
Max. 8A Max. 8A
Das Flugzeug ist für den Betrieb unter VFR-Tag The aircraft is certified for VFR flights on day,
ohne Vereisungsbedingungen zugelassen. Alle outside of icing conditions. No aerobatic
Kunstflugmanöver, einschließlich beabsichtigtem maneuvers, including spins are approved. For
Trudeln, sind verboten. Weitere Betriebsgrenzen further operating limitations refer to POH.
stehen im Flughandbuch.
Detail- C1
MANÖVERGESCHWINDIGKEIT MANEUVERING SPEED
Detail- D1
VA=112 kts VA=112 kts

Page 206
11-30-00
30.04.08
Reise CRUISE
Start T/O
Detail- E1
Landung Landing
Kraftstoff- Hauptschalter Navigations- ANTI-KOLL. Lande- Instrumenten- Innen-

GEN / BAT pumpe Avionik lichter Lichter scheinwerfer beleuchtung beleuchtung
Detail- F1
Fuel Avionics Nav- ACL Landing Instrument Cabin
ALT / BAT Pump Lights Lights Light Light
Lade- Kraftstoff- FUEL

Detail- G1
ALTERNATOR
Reservee Reserve CONTROL PRESSURE
kontrolle druck
! ACHTUNG ! ! CAUTION !
Keine Automobilbremsflüssigkeit DO NOT use automotive
verwenden. brake fluid.
Siehe Flughandbuch
Detail- H1 Refer to POH
GPS FOR VFR NAVIGATION ONLY

Detail- I1
Reibverstellung Friction Lock

Leistung / Propeller Power / Prop
Detail- J1
ELT und Feuerlöscher ELT and Fire Extinguisher

hinter dem Copilotensitz behind Co-Pilot seat
(wenn installiert) Detail- K1 (if installed)
FOR INFO IN VMC ONLY

Detail- L1
COM/NAV 1
Detail- M1
COM/NAV 2 Detail- N1

Page 207
11-30-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
CHAPTER 12
SERVICING
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
Section
Title Subject Page
SERVICING - GENERAL..................................................................................12-00-00 1
REPLENISHING - DESCRIPTION.................................................................12-10-00 1
General 12-10-00 1
Fuel Capacity 12-10-00 1
Approved Fuel 12-10-00 1
Engine Oil Capacity 12-10-00 1
Approved Engine Oil 12-10-00 1
Hydraulic Fluid 12-10-00 1
FUEL - SERVICING...........................................................................................12-11-00 301

General 12-11-00 301
Safety and Maintenance Precautions 12-11-00 301
Fueling and Defueling 12-11-00 301
ENGINE OIL - SERVICING.............................................................................12-12-00 301

General 12-12-00 301
Checking Engine Oil 12-12-00 301
Oil Change Intervals 12-12-00 301
Oil Changing 12-12-00 301
INDUCTION AIR FILTER - SERVICING ......................................................12-13-00 301

General 12-13-00 301
Air Filter Changing 12-13-00 301
Air Filter Cleaning 12-13-00 301
COOLING SYSTEM - SERVICE......................................................................12-14-00 301

General 12-14-00 301
Adding Coolant 12-14-00 301
Renewal of the Coolant 12-14-00 301
Flushing the Cooling System 12-14-00 302
BRAKE SYSTEM - SERVICING .......................................................................12-15-00 301

General 12-15-00 301
Hydraulic Fluid Replenishing 12-15-00 301
TIRES - SERVICING..........................................................................................12-16-00 301

General 12-16-00 301
Tire Servicing 12-16-00 301
Page 01
12 - TOC
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01 Servicing
BATTERY - SERVICING ...................................................................................12-17-00 301

General 10-17-00 301
Battery Servicing 10-17-00 301
SCHEDULED SERVICING - DESCRIPTION ...............................................12-20-00 1

General 12-20-00 1
LUBRICANTS - DESCRIPTION......................................................................12-21-00 1
General 12-21-00 1
Service Notes 12-21-00 1
Definition of „As Needed“ 12-21-00 1
Recommended Lubricants 12-21-00 1
LUBRICATION - SERVICING .........................................................................12-22-00 301

General 12-22-00 301
Lubrication Table 12-22-00 301
AIRCRAFT EXTERIOR - CLEANING AND CARE ......................................12-23-00 701

General 12-23-00 701
Safety Precautions 12-23-00 701
Cleaning and Care of the Windshield and Windows 12-23-00 701
Cleaning and Care of the Aircraft Exterior Surfaces 12-23-00 702
Cleaning Engine 12-23-00 703
Cleaning and Care of the Propeller 12-23-00 704
Cleaning Landing Gear 12-23-00 704
AIRCRAFT INTERIOR - CLEANING AND CARE.......................................12-24-00 701

General 12-24-00 701
Aircraft Interior Cleaning 12-24-00 701
Cleaning Instrument Panel 12-24-00 701
Cleaning Cabin Floor 12-24-00 702
Cleaning Seats 12-24-00 702
UNSCHEDULED SERVICING........................................................................12-30-00 701

General 12-30-00 701
Removing Snow and Ice 12-30-00 702
Page 02
12 - TOC
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
SERVICING - GENERAL
1. Introduction
A. This chapter gives information for the replenishment of fluids as well as the lubrication of
components. The chapter also contains instructions necessary to carry out scheduled servicing.
2. General description
The chapter is designed help authorized personnel to correctly service the aircraft.
A. Section 12-00-00 - Servicing - General. This section provides a general overview of content and
purpose of the chapter.
B. The subsequent sections are divided into 3 groups.

(1) Replenishment fluids
Provides information for the maintenance personnel to perform correctly the necessary
services during the daily aircraft operation. This group begins with section 12-10-00 -
Replenishing - Description. The section includes specifications of approved fluids and
information about tank and reservoir capacities.
(2) Scheduled Servicing

Provides information for the maintenance personnel to perform periodic service, such as
lubricating of components or cleaning of the aircraft. This group begins with section 12-20-00
Scheduled Servicing Description.
(3) Unscheduled Servicing

Provides information for the maintenance personnel to perform service, which is to be,
practiced irregularly such as removing ice and snow.
Page 01
12-00-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
REPLENISHING - DESCRIPTION
1. General
A. This chapter provides necessary information about fluids to be replenished during operation of
the AQUILA AT01.
2. Fuel Capacity
A. The following table lists the aircraft fuel capacities.
Litres U.S.Gallons
Total Capacity 120,0 31.7
Usable Fuel 109,6 29.0
Unusable Fuel 10,4 2.7
3. Fuel
WARNING: USE ONLY FUEL SUITABLE FOR THE RESPECTIVE CLIMATIC ZONE.
A. The following fuel is approved for use in the AQUILA AT01. The minimum RON should be 95.
EN 228 Super (Premium)

EN 228 Super plus (Premium plus)
AVGAS 100 LL (Grade ASTM-D910, blue Color)
NOTES: For fuel according to FAA, refer to Standard Spec. for Automotive Spark-Ignition
Engine, Fuel, ASTM D 4814.
Risk of vapour formation if using winter fuel for summer operation.
Due to the higher lead content in AVGAS, the wear of the valve sets, the deposits in
combustion chamber and lead sediments in the lubrication system will increase.
Therefore, use of AVGAS is only recommended, if there are problems with vapour lock
or if the other fuel types are not available.
Page 01
12-10-00
26.04.05
4. Engine Oil
A. Engine Oil Capacity
Litres U.S. Quarts
Total engine 3,0 3.17

Oil capacity
Minimum 2,0 2.11
B. Oil Specification
CAUTION: DO NOT USE AVIATION GRADE ENGINE OIL.
IF THE ENGINE MAINLY RUNS ON AVGAS, OIL CHANGE SHOULD BE

PERFORMED IN 50 H INTERVAL (REFER TO ROTAX AIRCRAFT ENGINES
SERVICE INFORMATION 18 UL 97).
(1) Use only oil with API classification “SF” or “SG”.

(2) Due to the high stresses in the reduction gears, oils with gear additives such as high
performance motor cycle oils are required.
(3) Because of the incorporated friction clutch, oils with friction modifier additives are unsuitable
as this could result in a slipping clutch during normal operation.
(4) Heavy duty 4-stroke motor cycle oils meet all requirements. these oils are normally no
mineral oils but semi- or full synthetic oils.
(5) Oils primarity for Diesel engines are due to insufficient high temperature properties and
additives which favour clutch slipping, generally unsuitable.
NOTE: For more information on required lubricants, refer to Rotax Aircraft Engines
Service Information 18 UL 97.
C. Recommended viscosity of oils for air temperature range:
Mean Environment-
Temperature Multi -Grade-Oils
-5°C (23 °F) to 40°C (104 °F) SAE 20W-50 SAE 20W-40
-16°C (3.2 °F) to 40°C (104 °F) SAE 15W-50 SAE 15W-40
-26°C (-14.8 °F) to 40°C (104 °F) SAE 10W-50
-30°C (-22 °F) to 40°C (104 °F) SAE 5W-50 SAE 5W-40
6. Hydraulic Fluid
A. Only hydraulic fluid of MIL-H-5606 specification should be used.
Page 02
12-10-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
FUEL - SERVICING
1. General
A. Fuel Tanks
(1) For fuel storage the AQUILA AT01 is equipped with two integral wing fuel tanks.
The fuel tanks are located inboard in each wing between the front and rear spars. Each fuel
tank has a filler cap on the top wing surface.
B. Drain System
(1) The fuel system is equipped with drain valves to provide a means for examination of
contamination, water and for de-fueling.
Each wing fuel tank has a drain valve at the bottom, inboard rear corner. A further drain
valve is located at the lowest point of the fuel system; at the base of the electrical fuel pump.
The pump is attached to the lower right firewall in engine compartment. The drain is
accessible from outside the nose section.
The center of the fuel drains can be pushed inward with the fuel sampler to inspect for water
and contaminates.
NOTE: Chapter 28 "Fuel System" contains information in more detail related to the fuel system.
2. Safety and Maintenance Precautions
A. Safety Precautions
WARNING: DURING ALL FUEL SYSTEM SERVICING PROCEDURES, SERVICEABLE FIRE

FIGHTING EQUIPMENT MUST BE AVAILABLE.
AIRCRAFT AND FILLING FURNISHINGS MUST BE GROUNDED.
ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OF THE AIRCRAFT SHOULD BE TURNED

OFF. THE ALT / BAT SWITCH SHOULD BE IN „OFF“
POSITION AND THE IGNITION KEY REMOVED FROM THE AIRCRAFT
NO SMOKING
(1) Before beginning, serviceable fire extinguisher (at least foam extinguisher) is to be positioned
and immediately available.
(2) Do not wear clothing that has a tendency to generate static electricity (i.e. synthetic fabrics).
(3) The footwear should have no wear metal tabs.
(4) Perform any fuel system servicing procedure only in a designated fuel loading / unloading
area.
(5) Ground equipment near the aircraft must be turned off.
(6) While filling do not turn on any electrical device.
Page 301
12-11-00
26.04.05
(7) Pay attention to a proper grounding of aircraft and filling device:

(a) At first ground aircraft;
(b) If a mobile filling device is used. Ground filling device (same potential as aircraft);
(c) Earth/ground mobile filling device with aircraft.
B. Maintenance Precautions
(1) Use designated equipment for fuel loading / unloading to prevent contamination.
(2) Only use approved anti-icing additive.
(3) Perform blending of fuel in accordance to prescribed procedures.
(4) Every blending of fuel is to be documented.
3. Fueling and Defueling
A. Fueling
(1) Move aircraft in a designated fuel loading / fuel unloading area.
(2) Make sure that the ALT / BAT switch is in OFF position.
(3) Ground aircraft and filling device in above described manner.
(4) Place a fire extinguisher near the fuel tank to be serviced.
(5) Remove fuel filler cap and fill fuel tank to desired level.
(6) Remove fuel service nozzle and install fuel cap.
(7) Move fire extinguisher and the fuel service nozzle to the remaining tank to be filled.
(8) Remove fuel filler cap and fill fuel tank to desired level.
(9) Remove fuel service nozzle and install fuel cap.
(10) Check correct lock of both fuel filler caps. Remove excess fuel from wing area using a cloth.
(11) Remove ground cables.
(12) Compare reading of fueled amount on filling device with readings on the fuel indicators in
the aircraft.
B. Defueling
(1) Move aircraft in a designated fuel loading / fuel unloading area.
(2) Keep ready a sufficiently amount of fuel collectors.
(3) Make sure that the ALT / BAT switch is in OFF position.
(4) Ground aircraft and filling device in above described manner.
(5) Place a fire extinguisher near the fuel tank to be defueled.
(6) Remove fuel cap and by means of a defueling nozzle remove as much as possible fuel.
(7) Install fuel cap.
(8) Move fire extinguisher and the defueling nozzle to the remaining tank to be defueled.
(9) Remove fuel cap and by means of a defueling nozzle remove as much as possible fuel.
(10) Install fuel cap.
(11) Drain remaining fuel from each wing fuel tank.
(12) Drain remaining fuel from the drain valve located at the base of the electrical fuel pump with
the fuel selector valve in the position “Left” and then in the position “Right”.
(13) Make sure all drain valves are closed securely.
(14) Remove ground cables.
Page 302
12-11-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
ENGINE OIL - SERVICING
1. General
A. This chapter provides information for checking and changing engine oil.
B. The oil filler cap of the oil tank is located on the right (starboard) side of the engine behind the
cylinder no. 3. It is accessible by opening the oil access on upper cowling. The oil filler cap has a
dipstick with min / max markings for oil level check.
2. Checking Engine Oil
A. Oil Checking Procedure
WARNING: AVOID SKIN CONTACT WITH ENGINE OIL. ESPECIALLY USED OIL
CONTAINS MATERIALS INJURIOUS TO HEALTH.
WARNING: BEFORE ROTATING THE PROPELLER BY HAND, ENSURE IGNITION SWITCH

IS OFF, MIXTURE CONTROL IS IN THE IDLE CUT-OFF POSITION, AND THE
THROTTLE IS CLOSED.
(1) Turn the propeller several times by hand to transfer all the oil from the engine to the tank.
NOTE: The process will be finished when air flows back to the oil tank. This air flow can be
perceived as murmur when the cover of the tank is removed.
(2) Open oil access door on upper right cowling.

(3) Remove oil filler cap and withdraw dipstick.
(4) Wipe oil dipstick dry with a cloth.
(5) Reinsert dipstick.
(6) Withdraw dipstick and read oil level on dipstick.
(7) Refill if necessary engine oil with correct grade and viscosity (Refer to 12-10-00).
NOTE: For normal engine operation maintain the oil level between the two marks as an
excessive oil level will allow oil to escape via the venting line.
For longer flights replenish oil to max. mark to warrant more oil reserve.
(8) Reinsert oil dipstick, close filler cap, check for proper seating.
(9) Close oil access door.
3. Oil Change Intervals
CAUTION: FOR ENGINE OPERATION WITH AVGAS OIL CHANGE MUST BE

PERFORMED WITHIN 50 HOURS (REFER TO ROTAX AIRCRAFT ENGINES SI
18 UL 97).
Page 301
12-12-00
26.04.05
CAUTION: IN CASE OF SEVERE OPERATING CONDITIONS, THE FREQUENCY OF OIL

CHANGES MUST BE INCREASED REGARDLES OF THE TYPE OF FUEL
PRIMARILY USED (MOGAS OR AVGAS).
A. Oil Change Intervals

(1) In normal operating conditions, oil change must be performed within 100 hours of operating.
(2) For oil specifications, refer to 12-10-00 and to ROTAX Aircraft Engines SI 18 UL 97. The
ROTAX Aircraft Engines SI 18 UL 97 contains further operating tips for ROTAX engines.
4. Oil Changing
A. Oil Changing Procedure

(1) Run engine until operating temperature is achieved.
(2) Shut down engine.
WARNING: HOT ENGINE COMPONENTS MAY CAUSE SKIN BURNS!
(3) Remove engine cowling (Refer to 72-10-00)..

(4) Cut safety wire at drain screw at oil tank base. Remove drain screw.
(5) Drain oil and dispose of it as per environmental regulations.
(6) Remove oil filter from engine.
(7) Lubricate mating sealing ring of new oil filter with engine oil.
(8) Install new oil filter. Screw on new oil filter by hand.
(9) Cut oil filter housing without producing any metal chips and inspect filter mat.
(10) Renew gasket ring of drain screw on oil tank. Fit drain screw and tighten
to 25 Nm (220 in.lb). Safety drain screw wire.
(11) Refill oil tank with approx. 3 liters (3.17 quarts) of oil. For oil specification, refer to 12-10-00
and to ROTAX Aircraft Engines SI 18 UL 97.
(12) Reinsert oil dipstick, close filler cap, check for proper seating.
(13) Run engine until normal operating temperature is achieved. Shut down engine.
WARNING: HOT ENGINE COMPONENTS MAY CAUSE SKIN BURNS!
(14) Check oil system for leaks.

(15) Tighten oil filter again by hand.
(16) Reinstall cowling.
(17) Document oil change as prescribed.
Page 302
12-12-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
INDUCTION AIR FILTER - SERVICING
1. General
A. The air filter in the air induction system of the AQUILA AT01 keeps dust and dirt particles from
entering the system. It is located in the air filter box at the left inside of lower cowling.
For increase of its effectiveness, the filter element is treated with a filter oil.
B. The condition of the air filter element will be determined primarily by engine operating
conditions. Therefore, it shall be regularly inspected, cleaned and if necessary replaced at least
every 100 hours of operation or every year whichever comes first.
2. Air Filter Changing
A. Air Filter Changing Procedure

(1) Remove upper cowling.
(2) Remove the cover of the air filter box.
(3) Remove air filter element and replace by a new one.
(4) Install the cover of the air filter box.
(5) Install upper cowling.
3. Air Filter Cleaning
A. Cleaning Procedures
(1) Remove air filter element as described above.
(2) Inspect air filter element for damage. If necessary renew filter element.
CAUTION: NEVER USE GASOLINE, STEAM, CAUSTIC LIQUIDS, DETERGENTS OR HIGH

PRESSURE CLEANING.
(3) Lightly tap and brush off surface dirt.

(4) Spray filter cleaner onto entire element and let soak for approx. 10 min.
WARNING: DO NOT DRY OVER NAKED FLAME OR WITH HOT AIR GUN. EXCESSIVE HEAT
WILL SHRINK THE PORES OF THE FILTER MAT RESTRICTING ENGINE AIR
FLOW.
(5) Rinse filter element with low pressure water from inside to outside and let element dry
naturally.
CAUTION: NEVER USE GEAR OIL, DIESEL OIL OR MOTOR OIL AS THEY ATTRACT WATER.
(6) After cleaning, lubricate filter element evenly with filter oil spray or filter oil according to
manufacturers instructions.
(7) Ensure air filter box is clean and free of debris.
(8) Install air filter as described above, pay attention for correct fit.
Page 301
12-13-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Page 302
12-13-00
12.04.00
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
COOLING SYSTEM - SERVICING
1. General
A. The cooling system of the ROTAX 912 is designed for liquid cooling of the cylinder heads and ram
air cooling of the cylinders. The cooling system of the cylinder heads is a closed circuit with an
expansions tank. For a more detailed description and related maintenance practice of the cooling
system, refer to 75-20-00.
B. Coolant
(1) 50% antifreeze concentrate with additives against corrosion and 50 % pure water, or use of an
equivalent premixed coolant. The maximum coolant quantity is 2,5 liters (2.6 U.S. quarts).
CAUTION: ENSURE THAT ONLY ANTIFREEZE CONCENTRATE CONTAINING ADDITIVES

AGAINST CORROSION FOR LIGHT METAL ENGINES IS USED.
USE ANTIFREEZE CONCENTRATE IN ACCORDANCE TO MANUFACTURERS

INSTRUCTIONS.
B. The coolant must be renewed every two years.
WARNING: NEVER OPEN PRESSURE CAP OR RADIATOR CAP WHEN THE COOLING SYSTEM
IS HOT. FOR SAFETY'S SAKE, COVER CAP WITH A CLOTH AND OPEN SLOWLY.
SUDDEN OPENING OF THE CAP WOULD PROVOKE EXIT OF BOILING
COOLANT AND RESULT IN SEVERE SCALDS.
2. Adding Coolant
A. Prior to adding coolant, the reason for the loss of the liquid must be investigated and corrected.
B. Servicing procedures
(2) When engine is cold, open pressure cap of the expansions tank and fill up the expansions
tank completely.
(4) Run engine to operating temperature and allow engine to cool down before checking again
coolant level. Replenish as necessary.
(5) Close pressure cap, check the conditions of the rubber sealing rings.
3. Renewal of the Coolant
A. Servicing procedures
(1) Open the radiator cap, remove the bottom attachment screw (with sealing ring) of water
pump and drain the coolant.
(2) Install attachment screw (stainless steel) along with a new sealing ring. Tighten to 10 Nm (90
in.lb).
Page 301
12-14-00
26.04.05
(3) Refill newly mixed coolant into expansion tank (highest point of the cooling System). Install
radiator cap.
(4) Run engine to operating temperature and allow engine to cool down before checking coolant
level. Replenish as necessary.
4. Flushing the Cooling System
A. Servicing Procedure
(1) Open the lowest located coolant hose (either at water pump or radiator).
(2) Flush system with a water hose at a max. pressure of 2 bar (30 p.s.i.).
(3) Reconnect coolant hose.
(4) Refill newly mixed coolant into the expansion tank.
(5) Run engine to operating temperature and allow engine to cool down before checking coolant
level. Replenish as necessary.
Page 302
12-14-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
BRAKE SYSTEM - SERVICING
1. General
A. Ground service for the brake system is limited to the replenishment of brake fluid. The brake
fluid reservoir is located at the upper left firewall in engine compartment.
2. Hydraulic Fluid Replenishing
A. Hydraulic Fluid Replenishing
CAUTION: SERVICE ONLY WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID CONFORMING TO MIL-H-5606

SPECIFICATION.
(1) Remove upper cowling, refer to Chapter 71, Section „Cowling Maintenance“.
(2) Remove filler plug from hydraulic fluid reservoir.
CAUTION: REMOVE EXCESSIVE HYDRAULIC FLUID IMMEDIATELY FROM PAINT

SURFACES TO PREVENT CHEMICAL ATTACK.
(3) Refill hydraulic fluid.

(4) Install filler plug.
Page 301
12-15-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
TIRES - SERVICING
1. General
A. The landing gear of the AQUILA AT01 is equipped with tires of size 5.00-5. The required tire
pressure is:
(a) Main Gear Tire: 2,5 bar (36 psi)

(b) Nose Gear Tire: 2,0 bar (29 psi)
The regular check of the tire pressure is the most important preventive measure in tire service.
Improper tire pressure causes deterioration in ground handling behavior of the aircraft and
reduces the service life of the tire.
Under pressure is indicated by excessive wear in the tire shoulder area, over pressure by excessive
wear in the center of tire.
2. Tire Servicing
WARNING: WHILE SERVICING, DO NOT STAND IN ANY POSITION IN FRONT OF EITHER

BEAD AREA OF TIRE BECAUSE BURSTING TIRES HAVE THE TENDENCY TO
RUPTURE ALONG THE BEAD.
ALWAYS STAND AT A 90° ANGLE TO THE AXLE ALONG THE TIRE CENTERLINE.
A. Service Notes
(1) If possible, do not expose the tires permanently to intensive solar radiation.
(2) Ensure tire pressure gauges used are accurate.
(3) While checking tire pressure, the aircraft should be on a regular basis and the tire should be
cold.
(4) A freshly mounted and installed tube-type tire should be closely monitored during the first
time of operation. Air trapped between the tire and the tube at the time of mounting could
seep out, resulting in an under inflated tire.
B. The tire service contains the following items:

(1) Check tire pressure regularly. If necessary inflate or drain air.
(2) Examine tires for wear, cuts, bruises, and foreign bodies in the tread.
(3) Check proper location of the red slide marks.
(4) Always remove oil, grease and mud from tires with soap and water.
Page 301
12-16-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
BATTERY - SERVICING
1. General
A. The battery service should be performed every 100 hours, but in case of heavy-duty service of the
battery and operation of the aircraft in cold regions in shorter intervals.
B. For procedure to remove and install battery refer to chapter 24, section 24-30-00 „Battery
Maintenance.
2. Battery Servicing
NOTE: The battery should be serviced only after it is removed from the aircraft.
A. Battery servicing involves the following:

(1) Check battery and battery tray for any corrosion and dirt. Clean with clear water and dry.
CAUTION: TO MAINTAIN ELECTROLYTE LEVEL USE ONLY DISTILLED WATER.
(3) Check electrolyte level. Maintain the level approx. 10 mm over the lead plates. If necessary
refill with distilled water.
(2) Check battery charging by means of a battery tester. Recharge battery if required.
(4) Clean and grease battery terminals (refer to section 12-22-00).
(5) Test ventilation tube for condition and obstructions.
Page 301
12-17-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
SCHEDULED SERVICING - DESCRIPTION
1. General
A. This section provides instructions necessary to carry out servicing that may be scheduled. It
includes instructions such as those for periodic lubrication of aircraft components; external and
internal cleaning. Intervals for such services are provided. This section does not include
lubrication procedures required for the accomplishment of maintenance practices.
Page 01
12-20-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
LUBRICANTS - DESCRIPTION
1. General
A. This section should assist during the selection of the correct lubricants, which are used while
maintaining the AQUILA AT01.
For long faultless function of the components to be lubricated, it is recommended to use always
pure and authorized lubricants.
2. Service Notes
A. Use of the lubricants

(1) Cleanliness is essential to good lubrication. Lubricants and required equipment must be kept
clean.
(2) Store the lubricants in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and secure.
(3) Wipe grease fittings and areas to be lubricated with clean dry cloths before lubricating.
(4) When lubricating bearings, which are vented, force grease into fitting until old grease is
extruded. This is then to be removed.
(5) Control cables are not to be lubricated unless to prevent corrosion.
3. Definition of "As Needed"
A. In the following sections, time requirements for lubrication are shown either by a specific time
interval or by „As Needed“. Later means that no interval is determined for this item. The
mechanic himself must make the decision when lubrication is required.
B. One or several simultaneously of the following conditions would indicate a need for lubrication:
(1) The old lubricant is removed.
(2) Dirt or wear residue are visible near the movement contact area.
(3) While moving squeaks, grinding or other abnormal sounds are audible.
(4) During the movement by the hand, jerky or restricted movement occurs throughout portions
of travel range.
4. Recommended Lubricants:
A. Categories of lubricants, its specification and typical areas of application are provided subsequent.
Abbreviation Specification Description
GR MIL-G-81322 Grease, wide temperature range
GH MIL-G-23827 Grease, aircraft and instrument,

Gear and actuator screw
Page 01
12-21-00
26.04.05
OG MIL-L-7870 Oil, general purpose
PL VV-P-236 Technical Petrolatum
PG SS-G-659 Powdered Graphite
GL MIL-G-21164 High and Low Temperature Grease
OL VV-L-800 Light Oil
Page 02
12-21-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
LUBRICATION - SERVICING
1. General
A. This section contains information on lubrication intervals for components or parts of the AQUILA
AT01.
2. Lubrication Chart
A. Figure 201 shows the location of components or parts to be regularly lubricated.

The following chart contains detailed information about the lubrication interval, the
recommended lubricant and the dispensing equipment for several components to be lubricated.
Page 301
12-22-00
26.04.05
E
F
H B D
G
I
A
A C
Lubrication Chart
Figure 301 (Sheet 1)
Page 302
12-22-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
ACCESS
INDEX ZONE PLATE ITEM LUBE TYPE (APPL.) INTERVAL
721, 722 Main Wheel Bearings GR (Hand) 500 h or

A 720 Nose Wheel Bearings GR (Hand) annual
B 120 Battery Terminals PL (Hand) 100 h
721 annual or
C 722
Brake Anchor Bolts Silicone Spray
on assembly
annual or
D 510
610
Wing Attachment Bolts GR (Hand)
on assembly
E 211 Seat Tracks Grease annual
F 211 Canopy Lock Assembly GR (Hand) annual
G 211 Cargo Door Lock GR (Hand) as needed
H 120 Carburetor Throttle Shaft Eng. Oil (Oil Can) 100 h
I 211 Rudder Pedal Bearing GR (Hand) annual
Lubrication Chart
Figure 301 (Sheet 2)
Page 303
12-22-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Page 304
12-22-00
12.04.00
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
AIRCRAFT EXTERIOR - CLEANING AND CARE
1. General
A. The good flight performance of the AQUILA AT01 is achieved because of the modern construction
and use of specific materials. For efficient laminar flow, a clean surface is very important.
Therefore, one should always keep the entire aircraft clean especially the leading edges of the
wing.
B. Information on preventive measures on protection such as waxing specific surfaces is also given.
2. Safety Precautions
A. Read and adhere to all manufacturers instructions, warnings and cautions on the cleaning/solvent
compounds used.
B. Do not use silicone-based wax to polish the aircraft exterior.
C. Do not clean aircraft at ambient temperatures close to 0°C or above with water.
D. Cover all lubricated parts during any cleaning procedure.
E. During any application of cleaners (e.g. cleaning the engine) containing solvent, the other surfaces
are to be covered carefully or to be equipped with other protection.
3. Cleaning and Care of the Canopy
CAUTION: NEVER USE GASOLINE, BENZENE, ALCOHOL, ACETONE, CARBON

TETRACHLORIDE, AND LACQUER THINNER OR GLASS CLEANER. THESE
MATERIALS WILL SOFTEN THE PLASTIC AND MAY CAUSE IT TO CRAZE.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE CLEANERS WITH SUCH CHEMICAL SUPPLEMENTS WHOSE

EFFECT IS UNKNOWN ONTO THE ACRYLIC SURFACE.
A. Cleaning Canopy
(1) Park the aircraft in a hangar or in the shadows, avoid places with a lot of dust caused by wind
or vehicles.
(2) To prevent scratches, wash the canopy carefully with plenty of mild soap and water solution,
using the palm of the hand to feel and dislodge dirt and mud.
A soft cloth, chamois leather or sponge should be used.
(3) Rinse thoroughly and then dry with a clean moist chamois.
(4) Remove oil and grease with a cloth moistened with isopropyl alcohol.
B. Care of the Canopy

(1) As protection from mechanical and chemical actions and to cover of lightweight cuts on the
canopy, a polish or a wax for acrylic glass can be applied in accordance with the
Seite 701
12-23-00
26.04.05
manufacturer's specifications.
NOTE: Before application of polish or wax, the surfaces are to be cleaned.
4. Cleaning and Care of the Aircraft Exterior Surfaces
A. Procedure for cleaning the aircraft exterior surface

(1) Park the aircraft in a hangar or in the shadows, avoid places with a lot of dust caused by wind
or vehicles.
(2) Close canopy, if open, close access / inspection plates.
CAUTION KEEP WATER AWAY FROM PITOT AND STATIC PORTS, ELECTRICAL AND
AVIONICS EQUIPMENT.
(3) Flush away loose dirt with water.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE HARSH ABRASIVES, ALKALINE SOAPS OR DETERGENTS.
DO NOT USE CLEANING OR POLISHING AGENTS WHICH CONTAIN

SILICONE.
(4) Using a soft cleaning cloth or a sponge, wash with a mild, non-alkaline soap and water
solution.
(5) Rinse thoroughly with clean water and then dry with a soft cloth or chamois.
B. Care of the Aircraft Exterior Surface

(1) To protect against corrosion, mechanical and chemical actions during operation, the exterior
surfaces can be waxed with a good commercially available polish or wax for aircraft's in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
NOTE: Before application of wax or polish, the aircraft exterior surface is to be cleaned.
(2) After using cleaners containing any solvent or chemical, the appropriate surfaces should be
always waxed.
(3) If the aircraft is operated in a seacoast area or other salt-water environment, it must be
washed and waxed more frequently.
(4) A heavier wax layer on the leading edges of the wings and tail and on the cowl nose and
propeller spinner will reduce the abrasion encountered in these areas.
5. Cleaning Engine
A. Safety and Maintenance Precautions

(1) Engine cleaning should be carried out during each 100-hour inspection.
(2) Handle chemical cleaners and solvents cautiously. Read and follow carefully the
manufacturer's instructions.
(3) The cleaning should be performed in the open air or rooms ventilated well.
Page 702
12-23-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
(4) Suitable fire fighting and safety equipment should be available.

(5) Compressed air, if used to apply solvent or to dry components, should be adjusted to lowest
practical pressure.
B. Cleaning Engine Procedures
WARNING: DO NOT SMOKE OR EXPOSE A FLAME WITHIN 100 FEET OF THE CLEANING
AREA.
(1) Remove Cowling (refer to 71-10-00)..
WARNING: DO NOT USE GASOLINE OR OTHER HIGHLY FLAMMABLE SUBSTANCES.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO WASH AN ENGINE WHEN IT IS STILL HOT OR

RUNNING.
CAUTION: DO NOT DIRECT CLEANING SOLVENTS OR WATER STREAMS AT OPENINGS

ON THE ALTERNATOR OR THE STARTER.
(2) Carefully cover the openings on the alternator and the starter.
(3) If engine is contaminated with salt or corrosive chemicals, first flush engine compartment
with water.
(4) Apply a suitable solvent or cleaning agent to the engine compartment in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
(5) Allow the solvent to remain on the engine approx. ten minutes.
CAUTION: CLEANING AGENTS SHOULD NEVER BE LEFT IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT.

REMAINS OF CLEANER OR SOLVENT MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO
COMPONENTS SUCH AS NEOPRENE SEALS AND SILICONE FIRE SLEEVES.
(6) Thoroughly rinse with clean warm water.

(7) Allow engine to dry or dry it completely using compressed air.
(8) Remove all coverings positioned to protection while cleaning.
(9) Re-lubricate all control arms and moving parts as required.
(10) Reinstall cowling (refer to 71-10-00).
WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE ENGINE UNTIL EXCESS SOLVENT HAS

EVAPORATED OR OTHERWISE BEEN REMOVED.
BEFORE ROTATING THE PROPELLER BY HAND, ENSURE IGNITION SWITCH

IS OFF, MIXTURE CONTROL IS IN THE IDLE CUT-OFF POSITION, AND THE
THROTTLE IS CLOSED.
(11) Before starting engine, rotate the propeller by hand no less than five complete revolutions.
Page 703
12-23-00
26.04.05
6. Cleaning and Care of the Propeller
A. Clean propeller if necessary with any car wash solution or equivalent, but at least every 50 hours.
Remove grease and dirt with a commercial detergent, which is suitable for polyurethane-lacquers.
CAUTION: IT IS IMPORTANT TO AVOID MOISTURE PENETRATING INTO THE WOODEN

CORE.
Small scratches and nicks should be protected during routine maintenance with a coating of water
resistant lacquer, preferably Polyurethane.
In time replace damaged or missing PU strip on the propeller leading edge.
7. Cleaning Landing Gear
A. The landing gear struts and wheel fairings are to be washed with clear water or with a mild soap
and water.
B. After cleaning, the tires can be treated with a standard tire protective.
Page 704
12-23-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
AIRCRAFT INTERIOR - CLEANING AND CARE
1. General
A. This section provides the necessary information to clean the aircraft interior properly. Several
recommended types of cleaning agents for different materials and the respective cleaning and
care procedures are contained herein.
2. Aircraft Interior Cleaning
A. Interior panels such as sidewalls, door panels etc. may be cleaned using a mild detergent solution.
Stubborn deposits may be removed using a suitable material cleaner in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions. If in doubt, apply a small amount of cleaner to a small unobtrusive
part and test it for reaction.
3. Cleaning Instrument Panel
A. The instrument panel and center pedestal can be wiped with a slightly moistened cloth. Ensure
the ALT / BAT switch is in OFF position. Put electrical systems and components of the aircraft into
operation only after complete drying the instrument panel.
4. Cleaning Cabin Floor
A. The feet area, the area under the seats as well the baggage compartment should be cleaned
regularly with a vacuum.
B. The carpet consists of high-quality, dirt repelling material and usually demands only a minimum
of maintenance. If it becomes soiled, a standard carpet cleaner can be used.
5. Cleaning Seats
A. The seat upholstery consists of a dirt repelling, hardwearing material. Even they should be
cleaned regularly to keep them in good condition. The following recommends should be
considered.
B. To remove dust and loose dirt from seats, clean first with a vacuum.
For cleaning and care use foam type detergent, such as commercial available for car seats. Follow
the manufacturer's instructions.
C. Blot up any spilled liquid promptly with an absorbent tissue or cloth. Press the blotting material
firmly and hold it for several seconds. Continue blotting until no more liquid is taken up.
Scrape off sticky materials cautiously with a dull knife, then clean area as required.
Oil spots may be removed with household spot removers. Before using, read the instructions on
the container, test it on an obscure place on the seat and use it sparingly.
Page 701
12-24-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Page 702
12-24-00
12.04.00
AQUILA AT01
Servicing
UNSCHEDULED SERVICING
1. General
A. This section contains those instructions necessary to carry out servicing that is considered by the
manufacturer to be normally unscheduled for example: for ice and snow removal from a parked
aircraft.
2. Removing Snow and Ice
CAUTION: DO NOT ELIMINATE SNOW AND ICE ON SURFACES USING PEAKED AND
SHARP-EDGED INSTRUMENTS.
NEVER USE DE-ICING FLUIDS TO REMOVE SNOW OR ICE DEPOSITS FROM THE
AIRCRAFT.
HEATED DE-ICING FLUIDS CAN DAMAGE COMPOSITE STRUCTURES FROM THE
EXTREME TEMPERATURE CHANGE. SOME DE-ICING FLUIDS MAY DAMAGE
ACRYLIC GLASS OF THE CANOPY.
A. After snowfall, the snow should be removed immediately from the surface of the aircraft to
prevent that after a thawing period the snow water freezes on the surface and/or in slits or gaps
again.
B. Procedure
(1) Remove loose snow with a whiskbroom from the wing surface working outwards from the
wing root.
NOTE: The areas between wings and ailerons and stabilizers and rudders are to be
treated especially carefully.
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE ANTENNAE.
(2) Free canopy of snow.

(3) Remove snow from cowling, fuselage and empennage.
C. In the case of ice, defrosting in a heated hangar is recommended.
Page 301
12-30-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
CHAPTER 20
STANDARD PRACTICES - AIRFRAME

AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Standard Practices
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
Section
Title Subject Page
STANDARD PRACTICES AIRFRAME - GENERAL.....................................20-00-00 1

FASTENER IDENTIFICATION AND TORQUE DATA ...............................20-10-00 1

General 20-10-00 1
Bolt Types 20-10-00 1
Torques 20-10-00 2
CONVERSION DATA.......................................................................................20-11-00 1
General 20-11-00 1
Conversion Factors 20-11-00 2
Standard Equivalents 20-11-00 3
Page 01
20 - TOC
09.10.01
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Standard Practices
STANDARD PRACTICES: AIRFRAME - GENERAL
1. Introduction
A. This chapter describes standard maintenance practices applicable to the entire airframe and
related systems.
Maintenance procedures which are unique to a specific system / component / part are described in
the corresponding chapter.
B. Within the maintenance of the AQUILA AT01, there are no standard practices or relevant safety
regulations, which require special knowledge other than that which is commonly expected for
maintenance of small aircraft. Therefore, this chapter should be particularly a location to refer for
required conversion data.
A. Section 20-00-00 - Standard Practices Airframe - General. This section provides a general overview
of content and purpose of the chapter.
B. Section 20-10-00 - Conversion Data. This section provides various formulae and tables for
converting metric and English measurements.
Page 01
20-00-00
09.10.01
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Standard Practices
FASTENER IDENTIFICATION AND TORQUE DATA
1. General
A. This section contains information on the identification of bolts, on the correct usage of bolts and
nuts, and torque data.
CAUTION: OBSERVE STANDARD OR RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER

TORQUE VALUE AND THE INSTALLATION OF THE RECOMMENDED
SAFETYING DEVICE FOR EVERY FASTENER.
2. Bolt Types
A. The bolts used in the AQUILA AT01 are of AN, MS, LN and DIN Specifications. They can be
identified by code marking(s) on the bolt heads. These markings generally denote the material of
which the bolt is made, whether the bolt is a standard type or a special purpose bolt, and
sometimes include the manufacturer.
E 5
A R
C O C
AN Standard AN Standard AN Standard
Steel Bolt Steel Bolt Steel Bolt Special Bolt
SPEC 63-59131
NAC Close Aluminun

Special Bolt Special Bolt Tolerance Bolt Alloy (2024)
Bolt
Bolt heads marked with “x” indicate

AN-BOLT
a non-corrosion resistant steel bolt.
Surface
Cadmium Plated
Bolt heads marked with a dash indicate
a corrosion resistant steel bolt.
VEB Manufacturer
DIN-BOLT
Zink Coated 10.6 Property Class
Typical Aircraft Bolt Markings

Figure 01
Page 01
20-10-00
30.01.03
AQUILA AT01 Standard Practices
3. Torques
NOTE: When a specific torque is not provided in the maintenance instructions contained in this
Maintenance Manual, use the standard torque patterns shown in table 201.
A. A correct torque application is very important. Undertorque can result in unnecessary wear of
nuts and bolts, as well as the parts they secure. Overtorque can cause failure of a bolt or nut from
overstressing the threaded areas. Uneven or additional loads that are applied to the assembly
may result in wear or premature failure. To ensure that correct torque is applied, observe the
following:
(1) Be sure that the torque applied is for the size of the bolt shank not the wrench size.
(2) Calibrate the torque wrench at least once a year, or immediately after it has been abused or
dropped, to ensure continued accuracy.
(3) Be sure the bolt and nut threads are clean and dry, unless otherwise specified by the
manufacturer.
(4) Run the nut down to near contact with the washer or bearing surface and check the friction
drag torque required to turn the nut. Whenever possible, apply the torque to the nut and not
the bolt. This will reduce rotation of the bolt in the hole and reduce wear.
(5) Add the friction drag torque to the desired torque. This is referred to as "final torque," which
should register on the indicator or setting for a snap-over type torque wrench.
(6) Apply a smooth even pull when applying torque pressure. If chattering or a jerking motion
occurs during final torque, back off the nut and retorque.
(7) Many applications of bolts in aircraft/engines require stretch checks prior to reuse. This
requirement is due primarily to bolt stretching caused by overtorquing.
(8) When installing a castle nut, start alignment with the cotter pin hole at the minimum
recommended torque plus friction drag torque.
(9) Do not exceed the maximum torque plus the friction drag. If the hole and nut castellation do
not align, change washer or nut and try again. Exceeding the maximum recommended
torque is not recommended.
(10) When torque is applied to bolt heads or capscrews, apply the recommended torque plus
friction drag torque.
(11) If special adapters are used which will change the effective length of the torque wrench, the
final torque indication or wrench setting must be adjusted accordingly. Determine the
torque wrench indication or setting with adapter installed as shown in figure 02.
B. Table 201/202 shows the recommended torque to be used when the manufacturer within the
maintenance procedures does not supply other specific torque.
Page 02
20-10-00
09.10.01
AQUILA AT01
Standard Practices
Table 201: Standard Torques
DIN and LN Specifications
Self Locking Nuts Nuts Castellated Nuts

DIN 985, 980 DIN 934 DIN 935, 937
LN 29679
Torque Values Torque Values Torque Values

Thread Size
Nm in.lb. Nm in.lb. Nm in.lb.
M4 1,8 15.9 2 17.7 -
M5 3,6 31.9 4 35.4 -
M6 6,4 56.6 N/A -
M8 16 141.6 N/A -
M10 32 283.2 N/A -
M12 60 531.1 N/A -
Table 202: Special Torques*
Part Torque (Nm / in.lb) Remarks

Bolts Attaching Inertia reel retractor of 4 / 35.4
Shoulder harness to Fuselage Structure
Bolts Attaching Lap Belts to Fuelage Structures 8 / 70.8
Bolts Attaching Engine to ROTAX 35 / 309.7

Engine Mount
Oil Drain Screw 25 / 221.3
Bolts Attaching Engine Mount to Firewall 30 / 265.5
Engine Shock Mounts 25 / 221.2
Main Gear Wheel Axle 28 / 247.8
Stop Nuts Securing Propeller to Flange 45 - 47 / 398.3 - 416
Spark Plugs 20 / 177
Bolt Securing Wing Attach Bolt 11,5 / 101.7
Main Gear Spring Leaf Attachment Bolts to 45 / 398.3

Inner Bracket
*- For engine, refer to appropriate ROTAX publications.
Page 03
20-10-00
30.01.03
1. Variant - The adapter will increase the effective length of the torque wrench.
Adapter Drive Centerline

Handgrip Centerline
Wrench Drive Centerline
E L
Y = Apparent (indicated) Torque

Formula: T x L =Y
T = Actual (Desired) Torque L+E
L = Effective Length Leverl
E = Effective Length of Extension
Example: T = 14 Nm 14 Nm x 0,3 m 4,2 Nm

Y= = =11,05 Nm
L = 30 cm 0,3 m + 0,08 m 0,38
Y = ?
E = 8 cm
2. Variant - The adapter will decrease the effective length of the torque wrench.
Wrench Drive Centerline Handgrip Centerline
Adapter Drive Centerline
TxL
Formula: =Y
L-E
Example: T = 14 Nm 14 Nm x 0,3 m 4,2 Nm

Y= = =19,09 Nm
L = 30 cm 0,3 m - 0,08 m 0,22
Y = ?
E = 8 cm
Torque Wrench with Various Adapters

Figure 02
Page 04
20-10-00
09.10.01
AQUILA AT01
Standard Practices
CONVERSION DATA
1. General
A. This chapter is designed to assist the operator to convert commonly used measuring
units found in this manual from imperial, and metric measuring systems.
B. The tables with computed values are for the fast consulting by the user. The conversion
factors provide the possibility to carry out further conversions.
C Equivalents are given for standard values.
2. Conversion factors
A. Subsequent conversion factors of units of measurement are given from the metric system
to the American / British systems and vice versa.
(1) Distance and Length
Tab. 1 - Conversion of Distances and Length
Unit: m in. ft. yd
1 Meter; m 1 39,37 3,281 1,09

1 Inch; in. (") 0,0254 1 0,083 0,02
1 Foot; ft. (') 0,3048 12 1 0,33
1 Yard; yd. 0,914 36 3 1
Statute Mile = 1.609 Kilometer, Nautical Mile=1.852 Kilometer
NOTE: For computed values from mm in inch refer to Fig. 1
(2) Square Measures
Tab. 2 Conversion of Square Measures
Unit cm² m² Sq. in. Sq. ft. Sq. yd.
1 cm² 1 0,0001 0,155 0,00108 0,0001196

1 m² 10000 1 1550 10,764 1,196
1 sq. in. 6,452 0,00064516 1 0,006944 0,0007716
1 sq. ft. 929 0,092903 144 1 0,111111
1 sq. yd. 8361 0,836127 1296 9 1
Page 01
20-11-00
09.10.01
(3) Cubic Measures
Tab. 3 - Conversion of Cubic Measures
Unit l m³ Cu. in. Cu. ft. Imp.-Gallons U.S.-Gallons
1 Liter 1 0,001 61,03 0,05332 0,22 0,2642

1 m³ 1000 1 61023 35,315 219,97 264,175
1 cu. in. 0,01639 0,00001639 1 0,0005787 0,003601 0,004329
1 cu. ft. 28,32 0,028317 1728 1 6,228783 7,480519
1 Imp.-Gallon 4,546 0,004546 277,4 0,160545 1 1,20096
1 U.S.-Gallon* 3,785 0,003785 231 0,133183 0,832667 1
1 U.S.-Quart 0,9463 4
*= Liquid
(3) Surface loads
1 pound by
Square inch = 1 psi. = 1 lb./in.² = 0,0703 kp/cm² = 0,6896 N/cm²
1 kilopound by
Square inch = 1 kipsi = 1kip. /in.² = 70,3100 kp/cm² = 689,7411 N/cm²
1 AT = 14,7 lbs./in.² = 1,0335 kp/cm² = 10,1386 N/cm²
(4) Weights
1 ounce = 1 octane number. = 28,3495g

1 pound = 1 lb. = 16 octane numbers. = 453,5920g
(5) Moments
1 pound inch = 1 lb. IN = 0,01152 kpm = 0,11301 Nm

1 pound foot = 1 lb. ft. = 12 lb. In. = 0,13825 kpm = 1,35623 Nm
NOTE: For computed values from kpm to pound inch and Nm and vice versa refer
to Fig. 2.
(6) Temperature
1. Temp. Centigrade = 5/9 (Temp. Fahrenheit -32)

2. Temp. Fahrenheit = 9/5 (Temp. centigrade +32)
NOTE: For converted values C° into °F and vice versa, refer to Fig. 3.
In this table read known temperature in center column (°C or °F) and then
read left column to convert to °C or right column to convert into °F.
Page 02
20-11-00
09.10.01
AQUILA AT01
Standard Practices
3. Equivalents for standard values
A. For conversion data for converting standard drill sizes to inch and millimeter equivalents refer to
Fig. 4.
Page 03
20-11-00
09.10.01
mm 0 0,01 0,02 0,03 0,04 0,05 0,06 0,07 0,08 0,09
0 0,00000 0,00039 0,00079 0,00118 0,00157 0,00197 0,00236 0,00276 0,00315 0,00354
0,1 0,00394 0,00433 0,00472 0,00512 0,00551 0,00591 0,00630 0,00669 0,00709 0,00748
0,2 0,00787 0,00827 0,00866 0,00906 0,00945 0,00984 0,01024 0,01063 0,01102 0,01142
0,3 0,01181 0,01220 0,01260 0,01299 0,01339 0,01378 0,01417 0,01457 0,01496 0,01535
0,4 0,01575 0,01614 0,01654 0,01693 0,01732 0,01772 0,01811 0,01850 0,01890 0,01929
Aviation by Excellence AG
0,5 0,01969 0,02008 0,02047 0,02087 0,02126 0,02165 0,02205 0,02244 0,02283 0,02323
0,6 0,02362 0,02402 0,02441 0,02480 0,02520 0,02559 0,02598 0,02638 0,02677 0,02717
0,7 0,02756 0,02795 0,02835 0,02874 0,02913 0,02953 0,02992 0,03031 0,03071 0,03110
0,8 0,03150 0,03189 0,03228 0,03268 0,03307 0,03346 0,03386 0,03425 0,03465 0,03504
0,9 0,03543 0,03583 0,03622 0,03661 0,03701 0,03740 0,03780 0,03819 0,03858 0,03898
mm 0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9
0 0,00000 0,00394 0,00787 0,01181 0,01575 0,01969 0,02362 0,02756 0,03150 0,03543
1 0,03937 0,04331 0,04724 0,05118 0,05512 0,05906 0,06299 0,06693 0,07087 0,07480
2 0,07874 0,08268 0,08661 0,09055 0,09449 0,09843 0,10236 0,10630 0,11024 0,11417
3 0,11811 0,12205 0,12598 0,12992 0,13386 0,13780 0,14173 0,14567 0,14961 0,15354
4 0,15748 0,16142 0,16535 0,16929 0,17323 0,17717 0,18110 0,18504 0,18898 0,19291
5 0,19685 0,20079 0,20472 0,20866 0,21260 0,21654 0,22047 0,22441 0,22835 0,23228
6 0,23622 0,24016 0,24409 0,24803 0,25197 0,25591 0,25984 0,26378 0,26772 0,27165
7 0,27559 0,27953 0,28346 0,28740 0,29134 0,29528 0,29921 0,30315 0,30709 0,31102
Figure 1, Sheet 1.
8 0,31496 0,31890 0,32283 0,32677 0,33071 0,33465 0,33858 0,34252 0,34646 0,35039
Millimeter to Inches
AQUILA AT01
9 0,35433 0,35827 0,36220 0,36614 0,37008 0,37402 0,37795 0,38189 0,38583 0,38976
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
10 0,39370 0,39764 0,40157 0,40551 0,40945 0,41339 0,41732 0,42126 0,42520 0,42913
11 0,43307 0,43701 0,44094 0,44488 0,44882 0,45276 0,45669 0,46063 0,46457 0,46850
12 0,47244 0,47638 0,48031 0,48425 0,48819 0,49213 0,49606 0,50000 0,50394 0,50787
13 0,51181 0,51575 0,51969 0,52362 0,52756 0,53150 0,53543 0,53937 0,54331 0,54724
14 0,55118 0,55512 0,55906 0,56299 0,56693 0,57087 0,57480 0,57874 0,58268 0,58661
15 0,59055 0,59449 0,59843 0,60236 0,60630 0,61024 0,61417 0,61811 0,62205 0,62598
16 0,62992 0,63386 0,63780 0,64173 0,64567 0,64961 0,65354 0,65748 0,66142 0,66535
17 0,66929 0,67323 0,67717 0,68110 0,68504 0,68898 0,69291 0,69685 0,70079 0,70472
18 0,70866 0,71260 0,71654 0,72047 0,72441 0,72835 0,73228 0,73622 0,74016 0,74409
19 0,74803 0,75197 0,75591 0,75984 0,76378 0,76772 0,77165 0,77559 0,77953 0,78346
20-11-00
09.10.01
Standard Practices
Page 04
mm 0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9
20 0,78740 0,79134 0,79528 0,79921 0,80315 0,80709 0,81102 0,81496 0,81890 0,82283
21 0,82677 0,83071 0,83465 0,83858 0,84252 0,84646 0,85039 0,85433 0,85827 0,86220
22 0,86614 0,87008 0,87402 0,87795 0,88189 0,88583 0,88976 0,89370 0,89764 0,90157
23 0,90551 0,90945 0,91339 0,91732 0,92126 0,92520 0,92913 0,93307 0,93701 0,94094
24 0,94488 0,94882 0,95276 0,95669 0,96063 0,96457 0,96850 0,97244 0,97638 0,98031
Aviation by Excellence AG
25 0,98425 0,98819 0,99213 0,99606 1,00000 1,00394 1,00787 1,01181 1,01575 1,01969
26 1,02362 1,02756 1,03150 1,03543 1,03937 1,04331 1,04724 1,05118 1,05512 1,05906
27 1,06299 1,06693 1,07087 1,07480 1,07874 1,08268 1,08661 1,09055 1,09449 1,09843
28 1,10236 1,10630 1,11024 1,11417 1,11811 1,12205 1,12598 1,12992 1,13386 1,13780
29 1,14173 1,14567 1,14961 1,15354 1,15748 1,16142 1,16535 1,16929 1,17323 1,17717
30 1,18110 1,18504 1,18898 1,19291 1,19685 1,20079 1,20472 1,20866 1,21260 1,21654
31 1,22047 1,22441 1,22835 1,23228 1,23622 1,24016 1,24409 1,24803 1,25197 1,25591
32 1,25984 1,26378 1,26772 1,27165 1,27559 1,27953 1,28346 1,28740 1,29134 1,29528
33 1,29921 1,30315 1,30709 1,31102 1,31496 1,31890 1,32283 1,32677 1,33071 1,33465
34 1,33858 1,34252 1,34646 1,35039 1,35433 1,35827 1,36220 1,36614 1,37008 1,37402
35 1,37795 1,38189 1,38583 1,38976 1,39370 1,39764 1,40157 1,40551 1,40945 1,41339
36 1,41732 1,42126 1,42520 1,42913 1,43307 1,43701 1,44094 1,44488 1,44882 1,45276
37 1,45669 1,46063 1,46457 1,46850 1,47244 1,47638 1,48031 1,48425 1,48819 1,49213
38 1,49606 1,50000 1,50394 1,50787 1,51181 1,51575 1,51969 1,52362 1,52756 1,53150
39 1,53543 1,53937 1,54331 1,54724 1,55118 1,55512 1,55906 1,56299 1,56693 1,57087
Figure 1, Sheet 2.
40 1,57480 1,57874 1,58268 1,58661 1,59055 1,59449 1,59843 1,60236 1,60630 1,61024
Millimeter to Inches
AQUILA AT01
41 1,61417 1,61811 1,62205 1,62598 1,62992 1,63386 1,63780 1,64173 1,64567 1,64961
42 1,65354 1,65748 1,66142 1,66535 1,66929 1,67323 1,67717 1,68110 1,68504 1,68898
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
43 1,69291 1,69685 1,70079 1,70472 1,70866 1,71260 1,71654 1,72047 1,72441 1,72835
44 1,73228 1,73622 1,74016 1,74409 1,74803 1,75197 1,75591 1,75984 1,76378 1,76772
45 1,77165 1,77559 1,77953 1,78346 1,78740 1,79134 1,79528 1,79921 1,80315 1,80709
46 1,81102 1,81496 1,81890 1,82283 1,82677 1,83071 1,83465 1,83858 1,84252 1,84646
47 1,85039 1,85433 1,85827 1,86220 1,86614 1,87008 1,87402 1,87795 1,88189 1,88583
48 1,88976 1,89370 1,89764 1,90157 1,90551 1,90945 1,91339 1,91732 1,92126 1,92520
49 1,92913 1,93307 1,93701 1,94094 1,94488 1,94882 1,95276 1,95669 1,96063 1,96457
50 1,96850 1,97244 1,97638 1,98031 1,98425 1,98819 1,99213 1,99606 2,00000 2,00394
20-11-00
Standard Practices
Page 05
09.10.01
kpm lb.in. Nm kpm lb.in. Nm
0,1 8,68 0,98 4,1 355,90 40,22

0,2 17,36 1,96 4,2 364,58 41,20
0,3 26,04 2,94 4,3 373,26 42,18
0,4 34,72 3,92 4,4 381,94 43,16
0,5 43,40 4,90 4,5 390,63 44,15
0,6 52,08 5,89 4,6 399,31 45,13
0,7 60,76 6,87 4,7 407,99 46,11
0,8 69,44 7,85 4,8 416,67 47,09
0,9 78,13 8,83 4,9 425,35 48,07
1,0 86,81 9,81 5,0 434,03 49,05
1,1 95,49 10,79 5,1 442,71 50,03
1,2 104,17 11,77 5,2 451,39 51,01
1,3 112,85 12,75 5,3 460,07 51,99
1,4 121,53 13,73 5,4 468,75 52,97
1,5 130,21 14,72 5,5 477,43 53,95
1,6 138,89 15,70 5,6 486,11 54,94
1,7 147,57 16,68 5,7 494,79 55,92
1,8 156,25 17,66 5,8 503,47 56,90
1,9 164,93 18,64 5,9 512,15 57,88
2,0 173,61 19,62 6,0 520,83 58,86
2,1 182,29 20,60 6,1 529,51 59,84
2,2 190,97 21,58 6,2 538,19 60,82
2,3 199,65 22,56 6,3 546,88 61,80
2,4 208,33 23,54 6,4 555,56 62,78
2,5 217,01 24,52 6,5 564,24 63,76
2,6 225,69 25,51 6,6 572,92 64,75
2,7 234,38 26,49 6,7 581,60 65,73
2,8 243,06 27,47 6,8 590,28 66,71
2,9 251,74 28,45 6,9 598,96 67,69
3,0 260,42 29,43 7,0 607,64 68,67
3,1 269,10 30,41 7,1 616,32 69,65
3,2 277,78 31,39 7,2 625,00 70,63
3,3 286,46 32,37 7,3 633,68 71,61
3,4 295,14 33,35 7,4 642,36 72,59
3,5 303,82 34,33 7,5 651,04 73,57
3,6 312,50 35,32 7,6 659,72 74,55
3,7 321,18 36,30 7,7 668,40 75,54
3,8 329,86 37,28 7,8 677,08 76,52
3,9 338,54 38,26 7,9 685,76 77,50
4,0 347,22 39,24 8,0 694,44 78,48
kpcm lb.in. Ncm kpcm lb.in. Ncm
Torque Conversion Chart

Figure 2
Page 06
20-11-00
09.10.01
AQUILA AT01
Standard Practices
°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F
-73,3 -100 -148,0 -56,7 -70 -94,0 -40,0 -40 -40,0 -23,3 -10 14,0
-72,8 -99 -146,2 -56,1 -69 -92,2 -39,4 -39 -38,2 -22,8 -9 15,8
-72,2 -98 -144,4 -55,6 -68 -90,4 -38,9 -38 -36,4 -22,2 -8 17,6
-71,7 -97 -142,6 -55,0 -67 -88,6 -38,3 -37 -34,6 -21,7 -7 19,4
-71,1 -96 -140,8 -54,4 -66 -86,8 -37,8 -36 -32,8 -21,1 -6 21,2
-70,6 -95 -139,0 -53,9 -65 -85,0 -37,2 -35 -31,0 -20,6 -5 23,0
-70,0 -94 -137,2 -53,3 -64 -83,2 -36,7 -34 -29,2 -20,0 -4 24,8
-69,4 -93 -135,4 -52,8 -63 -81,4 -36,1 -33 -27,4 -19,4 -3 26,6
-68,9 -92 -133,6 -52,2 -62 -79,6 -35,6 -32 -25,6 -18,9 -2 28,4
-68,3 -91 -131,8 -51,7 -61 -77,8 -35,0 -31 -23,8 -18,3 -1 30,2
-67,8 -90 -130,0 -51,1 -60 -76,0 -34,4 -30 -22,0 -17,8 0 32,0
-67,2 -89 -128,2 -50,6 -59 -74,2 -33,9 -29 -20,2 -17,2 1 33,8
-66,7 -88 -126,4 -50,0 -58 -72,4 -33,3 -28 -18,4 -16,7 2 35,6
-66,1 -87 -124,6 -49,4 -57 -70,6 -32,8 -27 -16,6 -16,1 3 37,4
-65,6 -86 -122,8 -48,9 -56 -68,8 -32,2 -26 -14,8 -15,6 4 39,2
-65,0 -85 -121,0 -48,3 -55 -67,0 -31,7 -25 -13,0 -15,0 5 41,0
-64,4 -84 -119,2 -47,8 -54 -65,2 -31,1 -24 -11,2 -14,4 6 42,8
-63,9 -83 -117,4 -47,2 -53 -63,4 -30,6 -23 -9,4 -13,9 7 44,6
-63,3 -82 -115,6 -46,7 -52 -61,6 -30,0 -22 -7,6 -13,3 8 46,4
-62,8 -81 -113,8 -46,1 -51 -59,8 -29,4 -21 -5,8 -12,8 9 48,2
-62,2 -80 -112,0 -45,6 -50 -58,0 -28,9 -20 -4,0 -12,2 10 50,0
-61,7 -79 -110,2 -45,0 -49 -56,2 -28,3 -19 -2,2 -11,7 11 51,8
-61,1 -78 -108,4 -44,4 -48 -54,4 -27,8 -18 -0,4 -11,1 12 53,6
-60,6 -77 -106,6 -43,9 -47 -52,6 -27,2 -17 1,4 -10,6 13 55,4
-60,0 -76 -104,8 -43,3 -46 -50,8 -26,7 -16 3,2 -10,0 14 57,2
-59,4 -75 -103,0 -42,8 -45 -49,0 -26,1 -15 5,0 -9,4 15 59,0
-58,9 -74 -101,2 -42,2 -44 -47,2 -25,6 -14 6,8 -8,9 16 60,8
-58,3 -73 -99,4 -41,7 -43 -45,4 -25,0 -13 8,6 -8,3 17 62,6
-57,8 -72 -97,6 -41,1 -42 -43,6 -24,4 -12 10,4 -7,8 18 64,4
-57,2 -71 -95,8 -40,6 -41 -41,8 -23,9 -11 12,2 -7,2 19 66,2
Fahrenheit and Celsius Temperature Conversion

Figure 3, Sheet 1
Page 07
20-11-00
09.10.01
°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F
-6,7 20 68,0 15,6 60 140,0 37,8 100 212,0 60,0 140 284,0
-6,1 21 69,8 16,1 61 141,8 38,3 101 213,8 60,6 141 285,8
-5,6 22 71,6 16,7 62 143,6 38,9 102 215,6 61,1 142 287,6
-5,0 23 73,4 17,2 63 145,4 39,4 103 217,4 61,7 143 289,4
-4,4 24 75,2 17,8 64 147,2 40,0 104 219,2 62,2 144 291,2
-3,9 25 77,0 18,3 65 149,0 40,6 105 221,0 62,8 145 293,0
-3,3 26 78,8 18,9 66 150,8 41,1 106 222,8 63,3 146 294,8
-2,8 27 80,6 19,4 67 152,6 41,7 107 224,6 63,9 147 296,6
-2,2 28 82,4 20,0 68 154,4 42,2 108 226,4 64,4 148 298,4
-1,7 29 84,2 20,6 69 156,2 42,8 109 228,2 65,0 149 300,2
-1,1 30 86,0 21,1 70 158,0 43,3 110 230,0 65,6 150 302,0
-0,6 31 87,8 21,7 71 159,8 43,9 111 231,8 66,1 151 303,8
0,0 32 89,6 22,2 72 161,6 44,4 112 233,6 66,7 152 305,6
0,6 33 91,4 22,8 73 163,4 45,0 113 235,4 67,2 153 307,4
1,1 34 93,2 23,3 74 165,2 45,6 114 237,2 67,8 154 309,2
1,7 35 95,0 23,9 75 167,0 46,1 115 239,0 68,3 155 311,0
2,2 36 96,8 24,4 76 168,8 46,7 116 240,8 68,9 156 312,8
2,8 37 98,6 25,0 77 170,6 47,2 117 242,6 69,4 157 314,6
3,3 38 100,4 25,6 78 172,4 47,8 118 244,4 70,0 158 316,4
3,9 39 102,2 26,1 79 174,2 48,3 119 246,2 70,6 159 318,2
4,4 40 104,0 26,7 80 176,0 48,9 120 248,0 71,1 160 320,0
5,0 41 105,8 27,2 81 177,8 49,4 121 249,8 71,7 161 321,8
5,6 42 107,6 27,8 82 179,6 50,0 122 251,6 72,2 162 323,6
6,1 43 109,4 28,3 83 181,4 50,6 123 253,4 72,8 163 325,4
6,7 44 111,2 28,9 84 183,2 51,1 124 255,2 73,3 164 327,2
7,2 45 113,0 29,4 85 185,0 51,7 125 257,0 73,9 165 329,0
7,8 46 114,8 30,0 86 186,8 52,2 126 258,8 74,4 166 330,8
8,3 47 116,6 30,6 87 188,6 52,8 127 260,6 75,0 167 332,6
8,9 48 118,4 31,1 88 190,4 53,3 128 262,4 75,6 168 334,4
9,4 49 120,2 31,7 89 192,2 53,9 129 264,2 76,1 169 336,2
10,0 50 122,0 32,2 90 194,0 54,4 130 266,0 76,7 170 338,0
10,6 51 123,8 32,8 91 195,8 55,0 131 267,8 77,2 171 339,8
11,1 52 125,6 33,3 92 197,6 55,6 132 269,6 77,8 172 341,6
11,7 53 127,4 33,9 93 199,4 56,1 133 271,4 78,3 173 343,4
12,2 54 129,2 34,4 94 201,2 56,7 134 273,2 78,9 174 345,2
12,8 55 131,0 35,0 95 203,0 57,2 135 275,0 79,4 175 347,0
13,3 56 132,8 35,6 96 204,8 57,8 136 276,8 80,0 176 348,8
13,9 57 134,6 36,1 97 206,6 58,3 137 278,6 80,6 177 350,6
14,4 58 136,4 36,7 98 208,4 58,9 138 280,4 81,1 178 352,4
15,0 59 138,2 37,2 99 210,2 59,4 139 282,2 81,7 179 354,2

Figure 3, Sheet 2
Page 08
20-11-00
09.10.01
AQUILA AT01
Standard Practices
°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F
82,2 180 356,0 104,4 220 428,0 148,9 300 572,0 260,0 500 932,0
82,8 181 357,8 105,0 221 429,8 151,7 305 581,0 262,8 505 941,0
83,3 182 359,6 105,6 222 431,6 154,4 310 590,0 265,6 510 950,0
83,9 183 361,4 106,1 223 433,4 157,2 315 599,0 268,3 515 959,0
84,4 184 363,2 106,7 224 435,2 160,0 320 608,0 271,1 520 968,0
85,0 185 365,0 107,2 225 437,0 162,8 325 617,0 273,9 525 977,0
85,6 186 366,8 107,8 226 438,8 165,6 330 626,0 276,7 530 986,0
86,1 187 368,6 108,3 227 440,6 168,3 335 635,0 279,4 535 995,0
86,7 188 370,4 108,9 228 442,4 171,1 340 644,0 282,2 540 1004,0
87,2 189 372,2 109,4 229 444,2 173,9 345 653,0 285,0 545 1013,0
87,8 190 374,0 110,0 230 446,0 176,7 350 662,0 287,8 550 1022,0
88,3 191 375,8 110,6 231 447,8 179,4 355 671,0 290,6 555 1031,0
88,9 192 377,6 111,1 232 449,6 182,2 360 680,0 293,3 560 1040,0
89,4 193 379,4 111,7 233 451,4 185,0 365 689,0 296,1 565 1049,0
90,0 194 381,2 112,2 234 453,2 187,8 370 698,0 298,9 570 1058,0
90,6 195 383,0 112,8 235 455,0 190,6 375 707,0 301,7 575 1067,0
91,1 196 384,8 113,3 236 456,8 193,3 380 716,0 304,4 580 1076,0
91,7 197 386,6 113,9 237 458,6 196,1 385 725,0 307,2 585 1085,0
92,2 198 388,4 114,4 238 460,4 198,9 390 734,0 310,0 590 1094,0
92,8 199 390,2 115,0 239 462,2 201,7 395 743,0 312,8 595 1103,0
93,3 200 392,0 115,6 240 464,0 204,4 400 752,0 315,6 600 1112,0
93,9 201 393,8 116,1 241 465,8 207,2 405 761,0 318,3 605 1121,0
94,4 202 395,6 116,7 242 467,6 210,0 410 770,0 321,1 610 1130,0
95,0 203 397,4 117,2 243 469,4 212,8 415 779,0 323,9 615 1139,0
95,6 204 399,2 117,8 244 471,2 215,6 420 788,0 326,7 620 1148,0
96,1 205 401,0 118,3 245 473,0 218,3 425 797,0 329,4 625 1157,0
96,7 206 402,8 118,9 246 474,8 221,1 430 806,0 332,2 630 1166,0
97,2 207 404,6 119,4 247 476,6 223,9 435 815,0 335,0 635 1175,0
97,8 208 406,4 120,0 248 478,4 226,7 440 824,0 337,8 640 1184,0
98,3 209 408,2 120,6 249 480,2 229,4 445 833,0 340,6 645 1193,0
98,9 210 410,0 121,1 250 482,0 232,2 450 842,0 343,3 650 1202,0
99,4 211 411,8 123,9 255 491,0 235,0 455 851,0 346,1 655 1211,0
100,0 212 413,6 126,7 260 500,0 237,8 460 860,0 348,9 660 1220,0
100,6 213 415,4 129,4 265 509,0 240,6 465 869,0 351,7 665 1229,0
101,1 214 417,2 132,2 270 518,0 243,3 470 878,0 354,4 670 1238,0
101,7 215 419,0 135,0 275 527,0 246,1 475 887,0 357,2 675 1247,0
102,2 216 420,8 137,8 280 536,0 248,9 480 896,0 360,0 680 1256,0
102,8 217 422,6 140,6 285 545,0 251,7 485 905,0 362,8 685 1265,0
103,3 218 424,4 143,3 290 554,0 254,4 490 914,0 365,6 690 1274,0
103,9 219 426,2 146,1 295 563,0 257,2 495 923,0 368,3 695 1283,0

Figure 3, Sheet 4
Page 09
20-11-00
09.10.01
°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F
371,1 700 1292,0 482,2 900 1652,0 593,3 1100 2012,0 704,4 1300 2372,0
373,9 705 1301,0 485,0 905 1661,0 596,1 1105 2021,0 707,2 1305 2381,0
376,7 710 1310,0 487,8 910 1670,0 598,9 1110 2030,0 710,0 1310 2390,0
379,4 715 1319,0 490,6 915 1679,0 601,7 1115 2039,0 712,8 1315 2399,0
382,2 720 1328,0 493,3 920 1688,0 604,4 1120 2048,0 715,6 1320 2408,0
385,0 725 1337,0 496,1 925 1697,0 607,2 1125 2057,0 718,3 1325 2417,0
387,8 730 1346,0 498,9 930 1706,0 610,0 1130 2066,0 721,1 1330 2426,0
390,6 735 1355,0 501,7 935 1715,0 612,8 1135 2075,0 723,9 1335 2435,0
393,3 740 1364,0 504,4 940 1724,0 615,6 1140 2084,0 726,7 1340 2444,0
396,1 745 1373,0 507,2 945 1733,0 618,3 1145 2093,0 729,4 1345 2453,0
398,9 750 1382,0 510,0 950 1742,0 621,1 1150 2102,0 732,2 1350 2462,0
401,7 755 1391,0 512,8 955 1751,0 623,9 1155 2111,0 735,0 1355 2471,0
404,4 760 1400,0 515,6 960 1760,0 626,7 1160 2120,0 737,8 1360 2480,0
407,2 765 1409,0 518,3 965 1769,0 629,4 1165 2129,0 740,6 1365 2489,0
410,0 770 1418,0 521,1 970 1778,0 632,2 1170 2138,0 743,3 1370 2498,0
412,8 775 1427,0 523,9 975 1787,0 635,0 1175 2147,0 746,1 1375 2507,0
415,6 780 1436,0 526,7 980 1796,0 637,8 1180 2156,0 748,9 1380 2516,0
418,3 785 1445,0 529,4 985 1805,0 640,6 1185 2165,0 751,7 1385 2525,0
421,1 790 1454,0 532,2 990 1814,0 643,3 1190 2174,0 754,4 1390 2534,0
423,9 795 1463,0 535,0 995 1823,0 646,1 1195 2183,0 757,2 1395 2543,0
426,7 800 1472,0 537,8 1000 1832,0 648,9 1200 2192,0 760,0 1400 2552,0
429,4 805 1481,0 540,6 1005 1841,0 651,7 1205 2201,0 762,8 1405 2561,0
432,2 810 1490,0 543,3 1010 1850,0 654,4 1210 2210,0 765,6 1410 2570,0
435,0 815 1499,0 546,1 1015 1859,0 657,2 1215 2219,0 768,3 1415 2579,0
437,8 820 1508,0 548,9 1020 1868,0 660,0 1220 2228,0 771,1 1420 2588,0
440,6 825 1517,0 551,7 1025 1877,0 662,8 1225 2237,0 773,9 1425 2597,0
443,3 830 1526,0 554,4 1030 1886,0 665,6 1230 2246,0 776,7 1430 2606,0
446,1 835 1535,0 557,2 1035 1895,0 668,3 1235 2255,0 779,4 1435 2615,0
448,9 840 1544,0 560,0 1040 1904,0 671,1 1240 2264,0 782,2 1440 2624,0
451,7 845 1553,0 562,8 1045 1913,0 673,9 1245 2273,0 785,0 1445 2633,0
454,4 850 1562,0 565,6 1050 1922,0 676,7 1250 2282,0 787,8 1450 2642,0
457,2 855 1571,0 568,3 1055 1931,0 679,4 1255 2291,0 790,6 1455 2651,0
460,0 860 1580,0 571,1 1060 1940,0 682,2 1260 2300,0 793,3 1460 2660,0
462,8 865 1589,0 573,9 1065 1949,0 685,0 1265 2309,0 796,1 1465 2669,0
465,6 870 1598,0 576,7 1070 1958,0 687,8 1270 2318,0 798,9 1470 2678,0
468,3 875 1607,0 579,4 1075 1967,0 690,6 1275 2327,0 801,7 1475 2687,0
471,1 880 1616,0 582,2 1080 1976,0 693,3 1280 2336,0 804,4 1480 2696,0
473,9 885 1625,0 585,0 1085 1985,0 696,1 1285 2345,0 807,2 1485 2705,0
476,7 890 1634,0 587,8 1090 1994,0 698,9 1290 2354,0 810,0 1490 2714,0
479,4 895 1643,0 590,6 1095 2003,0 701,7 1295 2363,0 812,8 1495 2723,0

Figure 3, Sheet 4
Page 10
20-11-00
09.10.01
AQUILA AT01
Standard Practices
°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F
815,6 1500 2732,0 926,7 1700 3092,0 1037,8 1900 3452,0 1148,9 2100 3812,0
818,3 1505 2741,0 929,4 1705 3101,0 1040,6 1905 3461,0 1151,7 2105 3821,0
821,1 1510 2750,0 932,2 1710 3110,0 1043,3 1910 3470,0 1154,4 2110 3830,0
823,9 1515 2759,0 935,0 1715 3119,0 1046,1 1915 3479,0 1157,2 2115 3839,0
826,7 1520 2768,0 937,8 1720 3128,0 1048,9 1920 3488,0 1160,0 2120 3848,0
829,4 1525 2777,0 940,6 1725 3137,0 1051,7 1925 3497,0 1162,8 2125 3857,0
832,2 1530 2786,0 943,3 1730 3146,0 1054,4 1930 3506,0 1165,6 2130 3866,0
835,0 1535 2795,0 946,1 1735 3155,0 1057,2 1935 3515,0 1168,3 2135 3875,0
837,8 1540 2804,0 948,9 1740 3164,0 1060,0 1940 3524,0 1171,1 2140 3884,0
840,6 1545 2813,0 951,7 1745 3173,0 1062,8 1945 3533,0 1173,9 2145 3893,0
843,3 1550 2822,0 954,4 1750 3182,0 1065,6 1950 3542,0 1176,7 2150 3902,0
846,1 1555 2831,0 957,2 1755 3191,0 1068,3 1955 3551,0 1179,4 2155 3911,0
848,9 1560 2840,0 960,0 1760 3200,0 1071,1 1960 3560,0 1182,2 2160 3920,0
851,7 1565 2849,0 962,8 1765 3209,0 1073,9 1965 3569,0 1185,0 2165 3929,0
854,4 1570 2858,0 965,6 1770 3218,0 1076,7 1970 3578,0 1187,8 2170 3938,0
857,2 1575 2867,0 968,3 1775 3227,0 1079,4 1975 3587,0 1190,6 2175 3947,0
860,0 1580 2876,0 971,1 1780 3236,0 1082,2 1980 3596,0 1193,3 2180 3956,0
862,8 1585 2885,0 973,9 1785 3245,0 1085,0 1985 3605,0 1196,1 2185 3965,0
865,6 1590 2894,0 976,7 1790 3254,0 1087,8 1990 3614,0 1198,9 2190 3974,0
868,3 1595 2903,0 979,4 1795 3263,0 1090,6 1995 3623,0 1201,7 2195 3983,0
871,1 1600 2912,0 982,2 1800 3272,0 1093,3 2000 3632,0 1204,4 2200 3992,0
873,9 1605 2921,0 985,0 1805 3281,0 1096,1 2005 3641,0 1207,2 2205 4001,0
876,7 1610 2930,0 987,8 1810 3290,0 1098,9 2010 3650,0 1210,0 2210 4010,0
879,4 1615 2939,0 990,6 1815 3299,0 1101,7 2015 3659,0 1212,8 2215 4019,0
882,2 1620 2948,0 993,3 1820 3308,0 1104,4 2020 3668,0 1215,6 2220 4028,0
885,0 1625 2957,0 996,1 1825 3317,0 1107,2 2025 3677,0 1218,3 2225 4037,0
887,8 1630 2966,0 998,9 1830 3326,0 1110,0 2030 3686,0 1221,1 2230 4046,0
890,6 1635 2975,0 1001,7 1835 3335,0 1112,8 2035 3695,0 1223,9 2235 4055,0
893,3 1640 2984,0 1004,4 1840 3344,0 1115,6 2040 3704,0 1226,7 2240 4064,0
896,1 1645 2993,0 1007,2 1845 3353,0 1118,3 2045 3713,0 1229,4 2245 4073,0
898,9 1650 3002,0 1010,0 1850 3362,0 1121,1 2050 3722,0 1232,2 2250 4082,0
901,7 1655 3011,0 1012,8 1855 3371,0 1123,9 2055 3731,0 1235,0 2255 4091,0
904,4 1660 3020,0 1015,6 1860 3380,0 1126,7 2060 3740,0 1237,8 2260 4100,0
907,2 1665 3029,0 1018,3 1865 3389,0 1129,4 2065 3749,0 1240,6 2265 4109,0
910,0 1670 3038,0 1021,1 1870 3398,0 1132,2 2070 3758,0 1243,3 2270 4118,0
912,8 1675 3047,0 1023,9 1875 3407,0 1135,0 2075 3767,0 1246,1 2275 4127,0
915,6 1680 3056,0 1026,7 1880 3416,0 1137,8 2080 3776,0 1248,9 2280 4136,0
918,3 1685 3065,0 1029,4 1885 3425,0 1140,6 2085 3785,0 1251,7 2285 4145,0
921,1 1690 3074,0 1032,2 1890 3434,0 1143,3 2090 3794,0 1254,4 2290 4154,0
923,9 1695 3083,0 1035,0 1895 3443,0 1146,1 2095 3803,0 1257,2 2295 4163,0

Figure 3, Sheet 5
Page 11
20-11-00
09.10.01
°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F
1260,0 2300 4172,0 1371,1 2500 4532,0 1482,2 2700 4892,0 1593,3 2900 5252,0
1262,8 2305 4181,0 1373,9 2505 4541,0 1485,0 2705 4901,0 1596,1 2905 5261,0
1265,6 2310 4190,0 1376,7 2510 4550,0 1487,8 2710 4910,0 1598,9 2910 5270,0
1268,3 2315 4199,0 1379,4 2515 4559,0 1490,6 2715 4919,0 1601,7 2915 5279,0
1271,1 2320 4208,0 1382,2 2520 4568,0 1493,3 2720 4928,0 1604,4 2920 5288,0
1273,9 2325 4217,0 1385,0 2525 4577,0 1496,1 2725 4937,0 1607,2 2925 5297,0
1276,7 2330 4226,0 1387,8 2530 4586,0 1498,9 2730 4946,0 1610,0 2930 5306,0
1279,4 2335 4235,0 1390,6 2535 4595,0 1501,7 2735 4955,0 1612,8 2935 5315,0
1282,2 2340 4244,0 1393,3 2540 4604,0 1504,4 2740 4964,0 1615,6 2940 5324,0
1285,0 2345 4253,0 1396,1 2545 4613,0 1507,2 2745 4973,0 1618,3 2945 5333,0
1287,8 2350 4262,0 1398,9 2550 4622,0 1510,0 2750 4982,0 1621,1 2950 5342,0
1290,6 2355 4271,0 1401,7 2555 4631,0 1512,8 2755 4991,0 1623,9 2955 5351,0
1293,3 2360 4280,0 1404,4 2560 4640,0 1515,6 2760 5000,0 1626,7 2960 5360,0
1296,1 2365 4289,0 1407,2 2565 4649,0 1518,3 2765 5009,0 1629,4 2965 5369,0
1298,9 2370 4298,0 1410,0 2570 4658,0 1521,1 2770 5018,0 1632,2 2970 5378,0
1301,7 2375 4307,0 1412,8 2575 4667,0 1523,9 2775 5027,0 1635,0 2975 5387,0
1304,4 2380 4316,0 1415,6 2580 4676,0 1526,7 2780 5036,0 1637,8 2980 5396,0
1307,2 2385 4325,0 1418,3 2585 4685,0 1529,4 2785 5045,0 1640,6 2985 5405,0
1310,0 2390 4334,0 1421,1 2590 4694,0 1532,2 2790 5054,0 1643,3 2990 5414,0
1312,8 2395 4343,0 1423,9 2595 4703,0 1535,0 2795 5063,0 1646,1 2995 5423,0
1315,6 2400 4352,0 1426,7 2600 4712,0 1537,8 2800 5072,0 1648,9 3000 5432,0
1318,3 2405 4361,0 1429,4 2605 4721,0 1540,6 2805 5081,0 1651,7 3005 5441,0
1321,1 2410 4370,0 1432,2 2610 4730,0 1543,3 2810 5090,0 1654,4 3010 5450,0
1323,9 2415 4379,0 1435,0 2615 4739,0 1546,1 2815 5099,0 1657,2 3015 5459,0
1326,7 2420 4388,0 1437,8 2620 4748,0 1548,9 2820 5108,0 1660,0 3020 5468,0
1329,4 2425 4397,0 1440,6 2625 4757,0 1551,7 2825 5117,0 1662,8 3025 5477,0
1332,2 2430 4406,0 1443,3 2630 4766,0 1554,4 2830 5126,0 1665,6 3030 5486,0
1335,0 2435 4415,0 1446,1 2635 4775,0 1557,2 2835 5135,0 1668,3 3035 5495,0
1337,8 2440 4424,0 1448,9 2640 4784,0 1560,0 2840 5144,0 1671,1 3040 5504,0
1340,6 2445 4433,0 1451,7 2645 4793,0 1562,8 2845 5153,0 1673,9 3045 5513,0
1343,3 2450 4442,0 1454,4 2650 4802,0 1565,6 2850 5162,0 1676,7 3050 5522,0
1346,1 2455 4451,0 1457,2 2655 4811,0 1568,3 2855 5171,0 1679,4 3055 5531,0
1348,9 2460 4460,0 1460,0 2660 4820,0 1571,1 2860 5180,0 1682,2 3060 5540,0
1351,7 2465 4469,0 1462,8 2665 4829,0 1573,9 2865 5189,0 1685,0 3065 5549,0
1354,4 2470 4478,0 1465,6 2670 4838,0 1576,7 2870 5198,0 1687,8 3070 5558,0
1357,2 2475 4487,0 1468,3 2675 4847,0 1579,4 2875 5207,0 1690,6 3075 5567,0
1360,0 2480 4496,0 1471,1 2680 4856,0 1582,2 2880 5216,0 1693,3 3080 5576,0
1362,8 2485 4505,0 1473,9 2685 4865,0 1585,0 2885 5225,0 1696,1 3085 5585,0
1365,6 2490 4514,0 1476,7 2690 4874,0 1587,8 2890 5234,0 1698,9 3090 5594,0
1368,3 2495 4523,0 1479,4 2695 4883,0 1590,6 2895 5243,0 1701,7 3095 5603,0

Figure 3, Sheet 6
Page 12
20-11-00
09.10.01
AQUILA AT01
Standard Practices
mm Drill in. mm Drill in. mm Drill in.
0,34 80 0,0135 1,85 49 0,0730 4,09 20 0,1610

0,37 79 0,0145 1,93 48 0,0760 4,22 19 0,1660
0,40 1/64 0,0156 1,98 5/64 0,0781 4,31 18 0,1695
0,41 78 0,0160 1,99 47 0,0785 4,37 11/64 0,1719
0,46 77 0,0180 2,06 46 0,0810 4,39 17 0,1730
- - - - - - - -
0,51 76 0,0200 2,08 45 0,0820 4,50 16 0,1770
0,53 75 0,0210 2,18 44 0,0860 4,57 15 0,1800
0,57 74 0,0225 2,26 43 0,0890 4,62 14 0,1820
0,61 73 0,0240 2,37 42 0,0935 4,70 13 0,1850
0,64 72 0,0250 2,38 3/32 0,0937 4,76 3/16 0,1875
- - - - - - - -
0,66 71 0,0260 2,44 41 0,0960 4,80 12 0,1890
0,71 70 0,0280 2,49 40 0,0980 4,85 11 0,1910
0,74 69 0,0292 2,53 39 0,0995 4,91 10 0,1935
0,79 68 0,0310 2,58 38 0,1015 4,98 9 0,1960
0,80 1/32 0,0313 2,64 37 0,1040 5,05 8 0,1990
- - - - - - - - - - - -
0,81 67 0,0320 2,71 36 0,1065 5,11 7 0,2010
0,84 66 0,0330 2,78 7/64 0,1093 5,16 13/64 0,2031
0,89 65 0,0350 2,79 35 0,1100 5,18 6 0,2040
0,91 64 0,0360 2,82 34 0,1110 5,22 5 0,2055
0,94 63 0,0370 2,87 33 0,1130 5,31 4 0,2090
- - - - - - - - - - - -
0,97 62 0,0380 2,95 32 0,1160 5,41 3 0,2130
0,99 61 0,0390 3,05 31 0,1200 5,55 7/32 0,2187
1,02 60 0,0400 3,18 1/8 0,1250 5,61 2 0,2210
1,04 59 0,0410 3,26 30 0,1285 5,79 1 0,2280
1,07 58 0,0420 3,45 29 0,1360 5,94 A 0,2340
- - - - - - - - - - - -
1,09 57 0,0430 3,57 28 0,1405 5,95 15/64 0,2344
1,18 56 0,0465 3,57 9/64 0,1406 6,05 B 0,2380
1,19 3/64 0,0469 3,66 27 0,1440 6,15 C 0,2420
1,32 55 0,0520 3,73 26 0,1470 6,25 D 0,2460
1,40 54 0,0550 3,80 25 0,1495 6,35 E 0,2500
- - - - - - - - - - - -
1,51 53 0,0595 3,86 24 0,1520 6,35 1/4 0,2500
1,59 1/16 0,0625 3,91 23 0,1540 6,99 F 0,2750
1,61 52 0,0635 3,97 5/32 0,1562 6,63 G 0,2610
1,70 51 0,0670 3,99 22 0,1570 6,75 17/64 0,2656
1,78 50 0,0700 4,04 21 0,1590 6,76 H 0,2660
Equivalents for Drill Sizes

Figure 4.
Page 13
20-11-00
09.10.01
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
CHAPTER 21
VENTILATION AND HEATING

AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Ventilation and Heating
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
Section
Title Subject Page
VENTILATION AND HEATING - GENERAL..............................................21-00-00 1

FRESH AIR DISTRIBUTION - DESCRIPTION ............................................21-20-00 1

General 21-20-00 1
Description and Operation 21-20-00 1
FRESH AIR DISTRIBUTION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES ..................21-20-00 201

General 21-20-00 201
Eyeball Ventilators Removal/Installation 21-20-00 201
Heat Relief Valve Removal/Installation 21-20-00 201
HEATING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES ..................................................21-40-00 201

General 21-40-00 201
Heat Exchanger Removal/Installation 21-40-00 201
Page 01
21 - TOC
08.07.02
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
AIR-CONDITIONING - GENERAL
1. Introduction
A. This chapter describes those systems and components, which furnish a means of heating and
ventilating the cabin.
A. Fresh air for ventilation comes through air intakes and adjustable eyeball ventilators into the
cabin.
B. For heating and defrosting ram air flows through a heat exchanger at the engine into the cabin
and to the windshield. By means of a cabin heat valve the supply of heated air can be controlled.
Page 01
21-00-00
08.07.02
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
FRESH AIR DISTRIBUTION - DESCRIPTION
1. General
A. Fresh air with outside temperature for ventilation and heated fresh air for heating and windshield
defrosting can reach the cabin. The amount of fresh air can be regulated.
2. Description and Operation
A. Direct Fresh Air Supply

(1) For the supply of fresh air into the cabin, two adjustable eyeball ventilators are provided.
These are located on the far left and right instrument panel.
The ram air reaches through an NACA air intake on each outer side of the cabin and a duct to
the eyeball ventilator.
(2) The amount of fresh air can be adjusted by pivot tabs inside the eyeball ventilators.
B. Supply of Heated Fresh Air

(1) Ram air flows through a shroud attached to the exhaust and a duct to the heat relief valve.
The heat relief valve is located on the firewall in the engine compartment. By means of it the
amount of heated air can be regulated. It is actuated by a control „CABIN HEAT“, located on
the center pedestal below the instrument panel, via a control cable.
Passing the firewall the hot air travels through the heated air distributor that is located in the
cabin at the firewall. The heated air will be distributed to the area of the pilot and co-pilot's
feet and to the canopy.
(2) If the „CABIN HEAT“ knob in the full forward position the heat relief valve is closed and
heated air cannot enter the cabin. If the knob is pulled out, the heat relief valve is opened.
Additional heat is available by pulling the knob out further. Maximum heat is available with
the cabin heat knob in the most rear position.
For maximum effect, the fresh air nozzles should be closed.
Page 01
21-20-00
08.07.02
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
FRESH AIR DISTRIBUTION MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. Maintenance is limited to removal and installation of the components.
2. Eyeball Ventilators Removal/Installation
NOTE: Removal of the left and right eyeball ventilator is typical.
A. Remove Eyeball Ventilator

(1) Disconnect flexible air duct from eyeball ventilator.
(2) Remove screws securing eyeball ventilator to the instrument panel. Remove eyeball
ventilator.
B. Install Eyeball Ventilator

(1) Position eyeball ventilator in the instrument panel and secure with 4 screws.
3. Heat Relief Valve Removal/Installation
A. Remove Heat Relief Valve

(1) Remove upper cowling (Refer to 71-10-00).
(2) Remove clamp securing flexible air duct to heat relief valve. Remove flexible air duct.
(3) Disconnect control cable from heat relief valve control arm.
(4) Remove bolts securing heat relief valve to fire wall.
(5) Remove heat relief valve from aircraft.
B. Install Heat Relief Valve

(1) Attach heat relief valve to fire wall using bolts.
(2) Close valve plate, leave in this position.
(3) In the cabin move heat control "HEATING" full forward.
(4) Reconnect control cable to the control arm of the heat relief valve.
(5) Install flexible air duct to heat relief valve and secure with clamps.
(6) Install upper cowling (Refer to 71-10-00).
Page 201
21-20-00
08.07.02
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
HEATING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. Fresh air is heated up by passing the heat exchanger at the engine.

The heat exchanger consists of a shroud, which is set around the exhaust muffler. Flexible
ducts are connected to the heat exchanger for air entering and air exiting. The ram air enters the
engine compartment through a inlet located on the lower engine cowling and is then directed via
ducting to the heat exchange section of the exhaust muffler. As air passes around the exhaust
muffler, it picks up heat from engine exhaust.
B. Maintenance is limited to inspection and removal / installation of the heat exchanger.
2. Heat Exchanger Removal/Installation
A. Remove Heat Exchanger

(1) Remove engine cowling (Refer to 71-10-00).
(2) Remove clamps securing flexible ducts to heat exchanger. Disconnect ducts from heat
exchanger.
(3) Remove clamps securing heat exchanger to exhaust muffler.
(4) Carefully remove exchanger from around muffler.
B. Installation heater radiators

(1) Wrap heat exchanger around muffler and secure with clamps.
(2) Reconnect flexible ducts to heat exchanger and secure using clamps.
(3) Install cowling (Refer to 71-10-00).
Page 201
21-40-00
08.07.02
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
CHAPTER 23
COMMUNICATIONS
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Communications
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
Section
Title Subject Page Effectivity
COMMUNICATIONS - GENERAL 23-00-00 1

SPEECH COMMUNICATION - DESCRIPTION 23-10-00 1

SPEECH COMMUNICATION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 23-10-00 201

General 23-10-00 201
NAV / COM Radio Removal/Installation 23-10-00 201
SPEECH COMMUNICATION - DESCRIPTION 23-10-00 1 Garmin 430/530

Introduction 23-10-00 1 Garmin 430/530
Description and Operation 23-10-00 1 Garmin 430/530
SPEECH COMMUNICATION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 23-10-00 201 Garmin 430/530

General 23-10-00 201 Garmin 430/530
VHF COM Antenna Removal/Installation 23-10-00 201 Garmin 430/530
SPEECH COMMUNICATION - DESCRIPTION 23-10-00 1 Garmin SL30/40

Introduction 23-10-00 1 Garmin SL30/40
Description and Operation 23-10-00 1 Garmin SL30/40
SPEECH COMMUNICATION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 23-10-00 201 Garmin SL30/40

General 23-10-00 201 Garmin SL30/40
NAV / COM Transceiver Removal/Installation 23-10-00 201 Garmin SL30/40
VHF-NAV / COM Antenna Removal/Installation 23-10-00 201 Garmin SL30/40
AUDIO INTEGRATING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 23-50-00 201

General 23-50-00 201
PM 501 Audio Control Unit Removal/Installation 23-50-00 202
AUDIO INTEGRATING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 23-50-00 201 Garmin

General 23-50-00 201 Garmin
Garmin GMA 340 Audio Control Unit Removal/Installation 23-50-00 201 Garmin
Inspection/Check 23-50-00 202 Garmin
Adjustment/Test 23-50-00 203 Garmin
Page 01
23 - TOC
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Communications
COMMUNICATIONS - GENERAL
1. Introduction
A. This chapter describes and provides maintenance instructions to such components and systems,
which furnish a means of communicating from one occupant to another and between the aircraft
and other aircraft or ground stations.
B. Technical publications available from the manufacturer or vendor of the various components and
systems, which are not covered in this manual, must be utilized as required for maintenance of
those components and systems.
A. The standard equipment of the AQUILA AT01 includes a Bendix/King KX 125 VHF NAV/COM
transceiver and an intercom system. The NAV/COM transceiver is mounted in the center of the
instrument panel over the transponder. The intercom control panel is located above the KX 125.
(1) That NAV/COM is for radio communication with ground control or other aircraft. In
addition, data of ground stations can be received and indicated for navigation purposes.
(2) The connection of the crewmembers headsets to the NAV/COM radio is provided and
controlled by the intercom system. It facilitates external and internal communication of the
crewmembers.
14 VDC for transceiver operating is controlled through the AVIONICS switch. The radio and the
intercom system are protected by the circuit breakers labeled “NAV/COM” and “Intercom”.
B. Optional to the Bendix/King equipment in combination with the PM 501 Intercom system, the
following NAV/COM equipment and Audio Panel combinations may be installed:
(1) GARMIN GNS 430 VHF COMMUNICATIONS TRANSCEIVER/ VOR/ILS RECEIVER/ GPS
RECEIVER in combination with a GARMIN GMA 340 AUDIO PANEL.
(2) GARMIN GNS 530 VHF COMMUNICATIONS TRANSCEIVER/ VOR/ILS RECEIVER/ GPS
RECEIVER in combination with a GARMIN GMA 340 AUDIO PANEL.
(3) GARMIN SL30 VHF COMMUNICATIONS TRANSCEIVER/ VOR/ILS RECEIVER/ GPS
RECEIVER with an integrated independent INTERCOM. This NAV/COM-Equipment may be
combined with a FLYMAP L Multifunctional Display and a GARMIN GI 106A CDI.
(4) GARMIN SL40 VHF COMMUNICATIONS TRANSCEIVER with an integrated independent
INTERCOM.
All listed devices are mounted in the centre of the instrument panel in the avionics column.
The 14 VDC power supply for the operating of the listed devices is controlled through the
AVIONICS switch. The NAV/COM portion of the GNS 430, GNS 530 or SL30, whichever is
installed, is supplied through a circuit breaker labelled “COM/NAV 1”, the GMA 340 Audio Panel
through a circuit breaker labelled “Intercom”. If the GARMIN NAV/COM SL30 or COM SL40 is
installed, the additional power supply for the independent INTERCOM portion of the device is
protected by a circuit breaker labelled “Intercom”.
Page 01
23-00-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Communications
SPEECH COMMUNICATION - DESCRIPTION
1. Introduction
A. This section covers the portion of the system which utilizes voice modulated electromagnetic
waves to transmit and/or receive messages from air-to-air, or air-to-ground installations. Includes
the VHF speech communications portion of the NAV / COM radio KX 125.
For navigation purposes data of ground stations can be received and indicated with the navigation
part. The speech communication part is described in this chapter. For information on the
navigation part, refer to chapter 34 "NAVIGATION SYSTEMS".
B. Descriptive Data
Frequency range: 118.000 MHz - 136.975 MHz

Transmission power: 7 Watt
Raster Density: 25 kHz
Display: Backlighted Liquid crystal Display (LCD)
Voltage Supply: 14V-
2. Descriptions and Operation
A. Fig. 1 shows the NAV / COM radio front view with short explanations.
B. VHF Speech Communication Part the of the NAV / COM Radio - Description
(1) For controlling and indicating the left frontside of the NAV / COM radio is used. An active
and a standby frequency can be adjusted. The left COM frequency window displays the
active COM frequency and below the standby COM frequency. To exchange the two
frequencies push the frequency transfer button on the left window side. Below the COM
frequency window COM frequency selection knobs are located. The big knob adjusts the
frequency in the MHz range. The smaller knob adjusts the frequency in the KHz range, in
50Khz steps. If the knob is pulled, one can also adjust the frequency in 25 kHz steps.
(2) The VHF antenna is located in the vertical stabilizer.
Page 01
23-10-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01 Communications
COMM Frequency NAV Information NAV Frequency

Window Window Window
BENDIX / KING KX 125 TSO
T
X
S TO S
B OBS FR FLAG B
Y Y
COMM NAV
PULL PULL
MODE 25K
25K
PULL PULL
OFF TEST IDENT
COMM Frequency
Transfer Button Allen Bolt Hole
COMM Volume /
COMM Frequency
Pull Test Knob. This
Selection Knobs
knob also turns power
ON/OFF to the unit. Standby COMM
Frequency Display
NAV / COM Radio, Front View

Figure 1
Page 02
23-10-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Communications
SPEECH COMMUNICATION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. The scope of maintenance is limited to the removal and installation of the components. For
further information, refer to appropriate manufacturer publications. For overhaul and repair, the
manufacturer is to be consulted.
2. NAV / COM Radio Removal / Installation
A. Remove NAV / COM

(1) Ensure, the "AVIONICS" switch is in OFF position.
(2) On the face of NAV / COM, insert a 3/32" hex wrench into the mounting hole (see Fig. 01,
Allen Bolt Hole) and engage hex bolt. Turn wrench counterclockwise until locking paw
releases unit from mounting tray.
(3) Grasp NAV / COM and carefully pull aft out of mounting tray.
B. Install NAV / COM

(1) Ensure, that all required plugs at the back of the mounting tray are properly reconnected.
(2) Carefully slide NAV / COM forward into the mounting tray.
(3) On face of NAV / COM, insert a 3/32" hex wrench into the mounting hole (see Fig. 01) and
engage hex bolt. Turn wrench clockwise until locking paw secures unit to mounting tray.
(4) Switch ON "BAT" and "AVIONICS".
(5) Turn NAV / COM power ON and verify LCD display illuminates. Conduct a functional test
of the unit.
(6) Turn OFF the NAV / COM and the switches "BAT" and "AVIONICS".
Page 201
23-10-00
30.04.08
COM Antenna Installation

Figure 201
Page 202
23-10-00
AQUILA AT01
Communications
SPEECH COMMUNICATION – DESCRIPTION
1. Introduction
waves to transmit and/or receive messages from air-to-air, or air-to-ground installations. It
includes the VHF speech communications portion of the GNS 430 and GNS 530.
The GNS 430 / 530 is a combination of a VHF communications transceiver and a Navigation
Management System which includes GPS sensor, VOR/Localizer and Glideslope receivers.
For information on the Navigation Management System of the GNS 430 / 530, refer to chapter 34
"NAVIGATION SYSTEMS" and the applicable User Manuals.
B. For a complete description of the GNS 430 / 530, refer to the GARMIN GNS 430 Pilot's Guide and
Reference, P/N 190-00140-00, latest revision or to the GARMIN GNS 530 Pilot's Guide and
Reference, P/N 190-00181-00, latest revision, respectively.
C. GNS 430 Specifications

(1) Physical Unit Size: W/D/H - 159 mm (6.25 in.) / 279 mm (11.00 in.) / 67 mm
(2.65 in.)
Unit Weight: 3,0 kg (6.6 lbs) installed
(2) Power Input: 13.8/27.5 Volts DC
(3) Environmental Temperature: -20°C to +55°C (operating range)
Humidity: 95% non-condensing
Altitude: -457 m (-1,500 ft) to 15.240 m (50,000 ft)
(4) VHF COM Channels: 760 (25 kHz spacing) or 2280 (8.33 kHz spacing)
Frequency Range: 118.000 MHz to 136.975 MHz
Transmit Power: 10 watts minimum
D GNS 530 Specifications

(1) Physical Unit Size: W/D/H – 159 mm (6.25 in.) / 279 mm (11.00 in.) / 117 mm
(4.60 in.)
Unit Weight: 3.9 kg (8.5 lbs) installed
(2) Power Input: 13.8/27.5 VDC
Humidity: 95% non-condensing
Altitude: -457 m (-1,500 ft) to 15,240 m (50,000 ft)
(4) VHF COM Channels: 760 (25 kHz spacing) or 2280 (8.33 kHz spacing)
Transmit Power: 10 watts minimum
EFFECTIVITY
Page 01
Aircraft equipped with Garmin 23-10-00
GNS 430 / 530 Avionics 30.04.08
A. Fig. 1 shows the GNS 430 front view with short explanations. The buildup of the GNS 530 front
view is similar to the GNS 430 and not depicted here. For more information, refer to the GNS 530
Pilot's Guide or the respective AFM supplement.
B. GNS 430 / 530 VHF Speech Communication Portion - Description

(1) The GNS 430 / 530 speech communications portion consists of a digitally tuned integrated
VHF communications (COM) transceiver. The transceiver receives all narrow- and wide-
band VHF communications transmissions within a frequency range of 118.000 MHz to
136.975 MHz in 25.0 kHz steps (760 channels) or for use in Europe in 8.33 kHz steps (2280
channels).
The tuning controls are located at the left side of the transceiver front panel. Frequency
tuning is accomplished by rotating the large (for MHz) and small (for kHz) knobs to select a
standby frequency. For its use this frequency must be transferred to the active window.
Auto-tuning enters a frequency from a menu.
2 3
WPT
DTK
1
DIS
GS
Jackscrew
4 5 6 Access Hole
GNS 430, Front View

Figure 01
EFFECTIVITY
Page 02
GNS 430 / 530 Avionics 30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Communications
(2) Up to S/N AT01-164:

The VHF COM antenna is mounted to the bottom of fuselage, behind the baggage
compartment.
S/N AT01-165 and higher:
The VHF-NAV/COM dipole antenna is laminated onto the inner shell of the vertical stabilizer
and cannot be removed and replaced. A second VHF-NAV/COM antenna may be installed
onto the bottom of the fuselage in case the aircraft is equipped with a second NAV/COM
transceiver.
C. Key and Knob Functions of the GNS 430 VHF Speech Communication Portion (Refer to Figure 01):
(1) The COM power/volume knob (2) controls unit power and communications radio volume.
Press momentarily to enable/disable automatic squelch control.
(2) The VLOC volume knob (1) controls audio volume for the selected VOR/ Localizer frequency.
Press momentarily to enable/disable the ident tone.
(3) The large left knob (4) is used to tune the megahertz (MHz) value of the standby frequency
for the COM transceiver or the VLOC receiver, whichever is currently selected by the tuning
cursor.
(4) The small left knob (5) is used to tune the kilohertz (kHz) value of the standby frequency for
the COM transceiver or the VLOC receiver, whichever is currently selected by the tuning
cursor. Press this knob momentarily to toggle the tuning cursor between the COM and
VLOC windows.
(5) The COM flip-flop key (3) is used the swap the active and standby COM frequencies. Press
and hold to select emergency channel (121.500 MHz).
(6) The VLOC flip-flop key (6) is used to swap the active and standby VLOC frequencies (i.e.,
make the selected standby frequency active).
This description applies also to the GNS 530, the respective knobs and keys are located in a
very similar arrangement and are labeled analogical.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 03
GNS 430 / 530 Avionics 30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Communications
SPEECH COMMUNICATION – MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. The scope of maintenance is limited to the removal and installation of system components. For
removal and installation procedures of the GNS 430 / 530 unit, refer to 34-40-00.
B. Refer to Garmin 400 Series Installation Manual, P/N 190-00140-02, latest revision for additional
maintenance information on the GNS 430 System, or to Garmin 530 Series Installation Manual,
P/N 190-00181-02, latest revision for the GNS 530 System, respectively.
2. VHF COM Antenna Removal/Installation
Note: For aircraft that are equipped with an external VHF-NAV/COM antenna only.
A. Remove Antenna
(1) Ensure battery and main avionics switches are in OFF position.
(2) Open baggage compartment door and remove access / inspection plate 211 KC (Refer to
25-21-00).
(3) Disconnect coax connector from antenna.
(4) Supporting antenna, remove 3 nuts securing antenna to fuselage.
(5) Remove mounting plate.
(6) Remove antenna with gasket from outside of fuselage.
B. Install Antenna
(1) Position antenna with gasket to fuselage.
(2) From inside of fuselage install mounting plate.
(3) Secure antenna base to fuselage using screws, nuts and washers. Reinstall ground wire.
(4) Reconnect coaxial connector and secure.
(5) Install access / inspection plate 211 KC (Refer to 25-21-00).
EFFECTIVITY
Page 201
GNS 430 / 530 Avionics 30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Communications
SPEECH COMMUNICATION - DESCRIPTION
1. Introduction
waves to transmit and/or receive messages from air-to-air, or air-to-ground installations. It includes
the VHF speech communications portion of the GARMIN SL30/SL40.
The SL30 is a combination of a VHF communications transceiver and a VHF navigation receiver
which includes VOR, Localizer and Glideslope receiver as well as a build-in course deviation
indicator. For information on the navigation portion of the SL30, refer to the SL30 NAV/COM
Pilot's Guide, P/N 190-00486-00, latest revision. The SL40 is a derivative of the SL30 providing only
its communication functions. Both, the SL30 and SL40 contain an independent, voice activated
INTERCOM unit with a separate power supply. This separate electrical circuit is protected by an
extra circuit breaker labelled “Intercom”. The electrical circuit of the NAV/COM transceiver portion
of both devices are protected by a circuit breaker labelled “COM/NAV 1”, or “COM/NAV 2” in case
the respective unit is installed as a second NAV/COM transceiver.
B. For a complete description of the SL30/SL40, refer to the GARMIN SL30 and SL40 Pilot's Guide,
P/N 560-0403-01 (SL30) or P/N 560-0954-XX (SL40), latest revision.
C. Specifications
(1) Physical Unit Size: H/W/D – 33 mm (1.30 in.) / 159 mm (6.25 in.)/ 267 mm (10.5
in.)
Unit Weight: SL30: 1.02 kg (2.25 lbs), unit only SL40: 0.9 kg (2 lbs)
(2) Power Input: 10 to 40 VDC
(4) Display SL30: 32 character high-intensity alphanumeric LED display
SL40: 16 character high-intensity alphanumeric LED display
(5) VHF COM Channels: 760 (25 kHz spacing)
Transmit Power: 8 watts carrier power
A. Figure 01 shows the front view of the NAV/COM Transceiver SL30 with a short explanation. Figure
02 shows the front view of the COM Transceiver SL40.
B. SL30 VHF Speech Communication Portion / SL40 – Description

(1) The knob on the left side of the SL30 controls power on/off, volume, and squelch test. To turn
the power on, the knob has to be rotated clockwise past the detent. Once the transceiver is
turned on, clockwise rotation of the knob increases the speaker and headphone volume level,
counter-clockwise rotation reduces the volume level. The frequency tuning is accomplished
by rotating the large (for MHz settings) and small (for kHz settings) knobs to select the
desired standby frequency. The active frequency is displayed on the left-most side of the
display, the standby frequency is indicated on the right side adjacent to the active frequency.
To switch between the frequencies, the frequency flip/flop button has to be pressed. A
photocell located on the upper left side of the display automatically adjusts the brightness of
the display to the actual light conditions.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 01
Aircraft equipped with Garmin SL30/SL40 23-10-00
Transceiver 30.04.08
Transmit Function To/From

Annunciator Annunciators Indication
Active Standby Standby Graphic Large Outer
Photocell Frequency Symbol Frequency Bearing CDI Knob
SL30
118.00 s136.00 135 To

PULL SQUELCH TX
VOL
COM NAV SYS OBS T/F ID SEL ENT

OFF
Power / Frequency NAV OBS Ident Enter Small Inner

Volume / Flip/Flop Radio Select Knob
Squelch
COMM System To/From Select
Radio Settings
Mode Select
GARMIN SL30, Front View

Figure 01
Transmit
Annunciator
Active Standby Standby Large Outer

Photocell Frequency Symbol Frequency Knob
SL40
119.80 s121.50
PULL SQUELCH TX
VOL
EC MON RCL MEM

OFF
Power / Frequency Frequency Store Small Inner

Volume / Flip/Flop Monitor Memory Knob
Squelch
Emergency Recall
Channel Memory
GARMIN SL40, Front View

Figure 02
EFFECTIVITY
Page 02
AQUILA AT01
Communications
(2) Up to S/N AT01-164:

The VHF COM antenna (Comant Cl 122 whip antenna) is mounted to the bottom of the
fuselage, behind the baggage compartment.
S/N AT01-165 and higher:
The VHF-NAV/COM dipole antenna is laminated on the inner shell of the vertical stabiliser
and can not be removed and replaced.
A second VHF-NAV/COM antenna, the same as installed on S/N below AT01-164, may be
installed on the bottom of the fuselage in case the aircraft is equipped with a second
NAV/COM transceiver.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 03
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Communications
SPEECH COMMUNICATION – MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. The scope of maintenance is limited to the removal and installation of system components. This
has to be accomplished by an approved Avionics Maintenance Organisation. The installation
instructions provided herein pertains only to the replacement of components already installed in
the aircraft and is not considered to be an installation instruction for the implementation as a
modification. For this, refer to the applicable Service Bulletin or contact the manufacturer of the
aircraft.
B. For further information, refer to Apollo Model SL30 NAV/COMM Installation Manual, P/N 560-
0404-XX, latest revision, or Apollo Model SL40 NAV/COMM Installation Manual, P/N 560-0956-03,
latest revision, as well as any other appropriate manufacturer publications. For overhaul and
repair, the manufacturer of the equipment has to be consulted.
2. NAV/COM Transceiver Removal/Installation
A. Remove NAV / COM Transceiver

(1) Ensure, the "AVIONICS" switch is in OFF position.
(2) On the face of NAV / COM, insert a 3/32" hex wrench into the mounting hole (see Fig. 01) and
engage hex bolt. Turn wrench counterclockwise until locking paw releases unit from
mounting tray.
(3) Grasp NAV / COM and carefully pull aft out of mounting tray.
(4) Disconnect all plug connectors and cables. Mark the removed cables as required.
B. Install NAV / COM Transceiver

(1) Ensure, that all required plug connectors and cables at the back of the mounting tray
are properly connected.
(2) Carefully slide NAV / COM forward into the mounting tray.
(3) On the face of NAV / COM, insert a 3/32" hex wrench into the mounting hole (see Fig. 01) and
engage hex bolt. Turn wrench clockwise until locking paw secures unit to mounting tray.
(4) Switch ON "BAT" and "AVIONICS".
(5) Turn NAV / COM power ON and verify LCD display illuminates.
(6) Conduct a functional test of the unit.
(7) Turn OFF the NAV / COM and the switches "BAT" and "AVIONICS".
3. VHF-NAV/COM Antenna Removal/Installation
Note: For aircraft, equipped with an external VHF-NAV/COM antenna (Comant Cl122) only.
A. Remove Antenna
(1) Ensure, the battery and main avionics switches are in OFF position.
25-21-00).
(3) Disconnect coax connector from antenna.
(4) Supporting antenna, remove 3 nuts securing antenna to fuselage.
(6) Remove antenna with gasket from outside of fuselage.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 201
B. Install Antenna
(1) Position antenna with gasket to fuselage.
(3) Secure antenna base to fuselage using screws, nuts and washers. Reinstall ground wire.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 202
AQUILA AT01
Communications
AUDIO INTEGRATING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. This section covers that portion of the system which controls the output of the communications
and navigation receivers into the flight crew headphones and speakers, and the output of the
flight crew microphones into the communication transmitters.
B. The intercom system consists primarily of the PM 501 audio control unit, located on the
instrument panel above the NAV/COM transceiver, the pilot and co-pilot audio jacks mounted on
the middle console near the seat backs, and the Push-To-Talk (PTT) switches located on the control
sticks.
C. The intercom system enables the use of headsets on both seats:

(1) The communication of the crew members among one another;
(2) Separate adjustment of the sound volume in every headset;
POWER
POWER LED
Pilot Co-Pilot
SQUELCH
ISO
ALL
VOLUME
Volume Squelch Volume Squelch
MODE SWITCH
ONLY LEFT/ / BOTH
INTERCOM-Control Panel
Figure 201
Page 201
23-50-00
30.04.08
(3) Separate regulation of the responding level of the microphones;

(2) The connection of the left or of both crew members for audible monitoring air-ground
communication.
2. PM 501 Audio Control Unit Removal/Installation
A. Remove Audio Control Unit

(1) Ensure "AVIONICS" switch is in OFF position.
(2) Disconnect the plug at the back of the audio control unit.
(3) On front panel of the audio control unit remove control knob caps.
(4) Loosen and remove nuts attaching audio control unit on the left-hand side to mounting
bracket.
(5) Supporting audio control unit by a hand, loosen and remove two screws on front panel fixing
the control unit to instrument panel.
(6) Remove audio control unit.
B. Install Audio Control Unit

(1) Install audio control unit to the instrument panel and secure using two screws.
(2) Secure audio control unit on the left-hand side to the mounting bracket using two nuts.
NOTE: Make sure while installing the position of control knob caps is conform to the
position of the control knobs axles.
(3) On face of the audio control unit install the control knob caps.
(4) Reconnect the plug connector and secure as required at the back of the audio control unit.
Page 202
23-50-00
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Communications
AUDIO INTEGRATING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. This section covers that portion of the system which controls the output of the communications
and navigation receivers into the flight crew headphones and speakers, and the output of the
flight crew microphones into the communication transmitters.
B. The GMA 340 intercom system consists primarily of the GMA 340 audio control unit, located on
the instrument panel in the avionics column, the pilot and co-pilot audio jacks mounted on the
middle console near the seat backs, and the Push-To-Talk (PTT) switches located on the control
sticks.
The Garmin GMA 340 Audio Panel (Refer to Figure 201) provides audio amplification, audio
selection, marker beacon control (optional), and a voice activated intercom system for the headsets
and microphones.
The system allows audio switching for up to three transceivers (COM 1,COM 2, and COM 3) and
five receivers (NAV 1, NAV 2, ADF, DME, and MKR). A fail-safe mode connects the pilot
headphone and microphone to COM 1 if power is removed or if the Mic Selector switch is turned
to the OFF position.
C. For a complete description of the GMA 340 Audio Panel, refer to the GARMIN GMA 340 Audio
Panel Pilot's Guide, P/N 190-00149-10, Rev. A, or higher.
D. Refer to Garmin GMA 340 Audio Panel Installation Manual, P/N 190-00149-01, Rev. K or later for
additional maintenance information on the GMA 340.
2. Garmin GMA 340 Audio Control Unit Removal/Installation
A. Remove Garmin GMA 340 Audio Control Unit

(1) Ensure battery and main avionics switches are in OFF position.
(2) Insert a 3/32 Allen wrench into the jackscrew access hole on the faceplate (Refer to Figure
201).
(3) Turn jackscrew counterclockwise to loosen locking cam. Cam will move the unit out and
disengage from the electrical connectors.
(4) Carefully pull audio control unit from the rack.
B. Install Garmin GMA 340 Audio Control Unit
CAUTION: CHECK WIRING CONNECTIONS FOR ERRORS BEFORE INSERTING THE

GMA 340 INTO THE TRAY. INCORRECT WIRING COULD CAUSE INTERNAL
COMPONENT DAMAGE.
(1) Slide the unit into the rack until the jackscrew makes contact with the receptacle located in
the back plate.
(2) Insert a 3/32 Allen wrench into the jackscrew access hole on the faceplate (Refer to Figure
201).
EFFECTIVITY
Page 201
Aircraft equipped with Garmin Avionics 23-50-00
30.04.08
(3) Turn the Allen wrench clockwise until the unit is secured in the rack. Continue turning until
tight, but do not over-tighten.
3. Inspection/Check
A. Except for marker beacon operation (optional), an in-aircraft checkout may be performed in the
aircraft on the ramp with known good microphone, headset, speaker and avionics receivers. Item
numbers in parentheses refer to front panel controls shown in figure 201.
(1) Lamps
(a) Apply power to the unit by rotating the pilot intercom knob (2) clockwise.
(b) The GMA 340 test button (10) checks the internal LED annunciators and marker beacon
LED's (12). Press TEST to confirm operation of the LED's.
(c) Cover the photocell (11) with a finger and observe that the LED annunciators dim
automatically.
(d) Check the front panel backlighting and dimming function. Each annunciation is
illuminated.
MKR/BCN COM NAV
12 11 10
AOM MKR
MUTE
COM1 COM2 COM3 NAV1 NAV2 DME ADF TEST
SQ
SQ
HI SPKR PILOT
LO COM1 COM2 COM3 COM CABIN AUDIO ICS ISOLATION VOL
OFF/
VOL MIC MIC MIC 1/2 PULL
SENS PA CREW
PASS
VOL
PILOT COPILOT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Jackscrew
Access Hole ICS
GMA 340 Audio Panel, Front View

Figure 201
EFFECTIVITY
Page 202
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
Communications
(2) Fail Safe Operation

(a) Turn the unit off by rotating the pilot intercom knob (2) counter clockwise.
(b) Check the failsafe operation by exercising the COM 1 microphone, microphone key and
audio over the headphones.
(c) Turn the unit back on to continue testing.
(3) Transceiver
(a) Perform a ramp test radio check by exercising the installed transceivers, microphone,
microphone key and audio over the headphones and speaker. Verify that
communications are loud and clear and PTT operation is correct.
(4) ICS
(a) Set the intercom to the ALL mode [Crew (6) and Pilot (7) LED's off.]
(b) Plug in headsets at pilot and co-pilot ICS position.
(c) Adjust squelch (9) and volume (8) for each position and verify that the ICS is working
properly.
(d) Check ICS positions for isolation and proper operation of volume and squelch controls
(1, 2, 8 and 9).
(e) Press the PA button (5). Verify that microphone audio is heard over the speaker.
(5) Aircraft Receivers
(a) Select the audio source corresponding to each installed avionics unit and check for audio
over the headsets.
(b) Check for pilot/copilot audio isolation when pressing the COM 1/2 button (3).
(c) Press the SPKR button (4) and verify that any selected audio is heard over the speaker.
4. Adjustment / Test
A. The following adjustments can be made through access holes in the top cover of the GMA 340:
(1) Marker beacon audio level (optional).
(2) Marker beacon sensitivity (optional).
(3) Aircraft radio speaker output level
(4) Pilot PA microphone speaker output level
(5) Copilot PA microphone speaker output level
(5) MUSIC 1 mute trip level
Refer to Garmin GMA 340 Audio Panel Installation Manual, P/N 190-00149-01, Rev. K or later for
detailed instructions regarding these adjustments.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 203
30.04.08
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
CHAPTER 24
ELECTRICAL POWER
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Electrical Power
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
Section
ELECTRICAL POWER - GENERAL ...............................................................24-00-00 1

ELECTRICAL POWER - TROUBLESHOOTING.........................................24-00-00 101

Troubleshooting 24-00-00 101
ALTERNATOR SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION ....................................................24-20-00 1

ALTERNATOR - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES ..........................................24-20-00 201

General 24-20-00 201
Alternator Removal/Installation 24-20-00 201
BATTERY SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION ............................................................24-30-00 1

BATTERY - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES....................................................24-30-00 201

General 24-30-00 201
Battery Removal/Installation 24-30-00 201
EXTERNAL POWER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES................................24-40-00 201 Ext. Power

General 24-40-00 201 Ext. Power
External Power Receptacle Removal/Installation 24-40-00 201 Ext. Power
External Power Relay 24-40-00 201 Ext. Power
Adjustment / Test 24-40-00 203 Ext. Power
Inspection / Check 24-40-00 203 Ext. Power
ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION - DESCRIPTION............................24-60-00 1

CIRCUIT BREAKER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES .................................24-61-00 201

General 24-61-00 201
Circuit Breaker Removal/Installation 24-61-00 201
Page 01
24 - TOC
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Electrical Power
ELECTRICAL POWER - GENERAL
1. Introduction
A. This chapter describes such units and components, which generate, control, and supply AC and
DC electrical power for other systems.
A. The AQUILA A210 is equipped with a 12-volt, DC electrical system. It is powered by a belt driven,
40A alternator and a 12V battery, which is installed on the front-right side of the firewall.
All essential electrical accessories in the system are protected by circuit breakers. These are on the
right side of the instrument panel.
The electric power distribution to the various accessories is characterized through functionality
and safety. It is accomplished by two main bus bars - the aircraft bus bar and the avionics bus bar.
Optional the aircraft has an external power receptacle mounted on the right side of fuselage just
forward of the firewall. The receptacle permits the use of an external power source for cold
weather starting and maintenance procedures requiring reliable power for an extended period.
Page 01
24-00-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Electrical Power
ELECTRICAL POWER - TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Troubleshooting
A. If a power problem or even a complete blackout occurs, first check all connections to the
components and the circuit breakers.
B. Troubleshooting Chart:
TROUBLE POSSIBLE CAUSE REMEDY
No Alternator “ALT” switch off Turn switch on.

Output, Voltmeter Defective Alternator Replace alternator.
indicates 12 V, Circuit breaker activated Troubleshoot circuit and reset circuit
Ammeter indicates (open) breaker.
discharge
Battery will not Battery is discharged STEP 1:

supply power or Place "BAT" switch and "LDG LIGHT"
is incapable of switch in ON Position. Measure battery
cranking engine. voltage. A normally charged battery
will indicate 12,5 volts or more. If .
voltage is low, proceed to Step 2.
If voltage normal proceed to Step 3.
Defective battery STEP 2:

Check fluid level in battery cells and
add if necessary distilled water.
Charge battery approx. 30 minutes.
If the battery tester indicates a good
battery, the cause was a discharged
battery. If the tester indicates a defective
battery, replace the battery.
Defective wiring or electrical Step 3:

connection between battery With switch "BAT" in ON position,
terminal and battery relay. measure voltage between battery terminal
and battery relay.
Correct would be a result of 0 V.
If voltage reads 0 V, proceed to Step 4.
If a voltage reading is obtained, check
Wiring between battery terminal and
Battery relay.
Defective battery relay. Step 4:

With switch "BAT" in ON position,
measure voltage between relay terminals.
Page 101
24-00-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01 Electrical Power

If voltage reads 0 V, proceed to Step 5.
If a voltage reading is obtained, replace
battery relay.
Defective wiring or electrical Step 5:

connection between battery With switch "BAT" in ON position,
relay and starter relay. measure voltage between starter side relay
terminal, and starter relay.
If a voltage reading is obtained, check
wiring between starter side relay terminal
and starter relay
Page 102
24-00-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Electrical Power
ALTERNATOR SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION
1. Introduction
A. The Alternator system supplies the electrical equipment of the AQUILA AT01 with electrical
power if engine is running. That represents main current source in the power supply design.
B. The alternator system consists of the following components:
- Alternator
- Alternator Circuit Breaker
- Alternator Warning Light
- Switch ALT
A. The Alternator is installed on the forward left side of the engine, to the left of the gearbox. The
engine drives it by a drive belt.
The alternator incorporates an internal voltage regulator.
The Alternator circuit breaker is installed within the circuit breaker panel on the far right side of
the instrument panel. The Alternator system is protected by it against overloading.
The red alternator warning light is located within the row of annunciator lights on the instrument
panel above the VHF Transceiver.
B. The Alternator is supplied by an excitation voltage by the battery when turning ON the switch
„ALT / BAT“.
If the engine runs, the alternator generates a three-phase current that is rectified and regulated by
the internal voltage regulator. The voltage regulator gives a 14 V D.C. voltage with an engine
speed at least of 800 R.P.M to the aircraft bus. The maximum current load conducts 40 ampere.
An ammeter is available for monitoring power supply. The voltmeter is connected with the
aircraft bus bar. The ammeter measures the charge or discharge current of the battery. Both
instruments are found on the right instrument panel in the instrument cluster.
Illumination of the alternator warning light and ammeter discharge indications may occur during
low RPM conditions with an electrical load on the system, such as during a low RPM taxi. Under
these conditions, the light will go out at higher RPM.
Page 01
24-20-00
26.04.05
ALTERNATOR SYSTEM (SCHEMATIC)
Warning Light
“Alternator”
To Aircraft Bus System
Warning
Lights
Alternator
Alternator
Alt Field
BAT
ALT
Firewall
Alternator System (Schematic)

Figure 01
Page 02
24-20-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Electrical Power
ALTERNATOR - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. Maintenance is limited to alternator and drive belt removal and installation.
2. Alternator Removal/Installation
A. Remove Alternator
(1) Remove cowling, refer to chapter 71; section "Cowling - Maintenance".
(2) Disconnect battery cables.
(3) Disconnect electrical cables (include ground cable) from alternator.
(4) Cut safety wire and loosen adjusting bolt and alternator mounting bolts.
(5) Slip drive belt off alternator pulley.
(6) Remove mounting bolts securing alternator to engine. Remove alternator from engine.
B. Install Alternator
(1) Position alternator into mounting bracket.
(2) Install shim and mounting bolt as shown in figure 201. Do not tighten at this time.
(3) Loosely secure lower alternator mounting boss to adjustment cam using washers and bolt
(refer to Figure 201).
(4) Place drive belt on alternator pulley. Verify pulleys are aligned.
CAUTION: IF A NEW DRIVE BELT IS INSTALLED: THE ENGINE BELT TENSION SHOULD
BE RECHECKED WITHIN THE FIRST 15 TO 20 HOURS OF OPERATION.
(5) Apply a torque wrench to the alternator pulley nut and adjust the belt tension so the belt
slips at:
(a) 9,5 - 12,2 Nm (7 - 9 ft.lb) of torque with a used belt;
(b) 15 - 18 Nm (11 - 13 ft.lb) of torque with a new belt
(6) Tighten adjusting bolt. Torque to 22 Nm (195 in.lb).
(7) Tighten alternator mounting bolts.
(a) Torque M10 bolt (upper alternator mounting bracket) to 40 Nm (355 in.lb).
(b) Torque M8 bolt to 22 Nm (195 in.lb).
(8) Safety wire all bolts.
(9) Reconnect electrical cables include the ground cable.
(10) Install cowling, refer to chapter 71; section "Cowling - Maintenance".
3. Alternator Drive Belt Removal/Installation
A. Remove Alternator Drive Belt

(1) Verify Ignition switch is in the off position and remove key.
(2) Remove cowling, refer to chapter 71; section "Cowling - Maintenance".
(4) Cut safety wire and loosen adjusting bolt and alternator mounting bolts.
(5) Slip drive belt off alternator pulley.
Page 201
24-20-00
26.04.05
Alternator Installation
Figure 201
Page 202
24-20-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Electrical Power
(6) Remove Propeller (refer to 61-10-00).

(7) Remove alternator drive belt.
B. Install Alternator Drive Belt

(1) Install alternator drive belt around drive pulley.
(2) Install Propeller (refer to 61-10-00).
(3) Place drive belt on alternator pulley. Verify pulleys are aligned.
CAUTION: IF A NEW DRIVE BELT IS INSTALLED: THE ENGINE BELT TENSION SHOULD
BE RECHECKED WITHIN THE FIRST 15 TO 20 HOURS OF OPERATION.
(4) Apply a torque wrench to the alternator pulley nut and adjust the belt tension so the belt
slips at:
(a) 9,5 - 12,2 Nm (7 - 9 ft.lb) of torque with a used belt;
(b) 15 - 18 Nm (11 - 13 ft.lb) of torque with a new belt
(5) Tighten adjusting bolt. Torque to 22 Nm (195 in.lb).
(6) Tighten alternator mounting bolts.
(a) Torque M10 bolt (upper alternator mounting bracket) to 40 Nm (355 in.lb).
(b) Torque M8 bolt to 22 Nm (195 in.lb).
(7) Safety wire all bolts.
(8) Install cowling, refer to chapter 71; section "Cowling - Maintenance".
Page 203
24-20-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Electrical Power
BATTERY SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION
1. Introduction
A. The battery system supplies the electrical equipment of the AQUILA AT01 if the alternator does
not work. It represents the auxiliary power source in supply design.
B. The battery system consists of the following components:
- Battery
- Battery relay
- Switch "BAT"
- Voltmeter
- Ammeter
A. The AQUILA AT01 has a 12-volt, 19-ampere hour, lead-acid battery, which is installed in a battery
tray on the front-right side of the firewall. It is accessible if the upper engine cowling is removed.
The battery box is vented. The vent line discharges out the bottom of the engine cowling,
preventing the build up of dangerous or explosive gasses within the engine compartment. The
battery relay is fixed above the battery at the engine mount.
B. To connect battery to the aircraft bus the „BAT“ switch, located on the lower left instrument panel,
must be placed in ON position. As a result, the battery relay is connected to ground. The other
relay terminal is permanent supplied with positive voltage by the battery. In this way the aircraft
bus bar is supplied with current via the battery relay.
An ammeter is available for monitoring power supply. The voltmeter is connected with the aircraft
bus bar. The ammeter measures by means of a shunt the charge or discharge current of the battery.
Both instruments are located on the right instrument panel in the instrument cluster.
Page 01
24-30-00
26.04.05
BATTERY SYSTEM (SCHEMATIC)
To Aircraft
Bus Bar
Battery
BAT - AMPS +
ALT
Ammeter DC VOLTS
To Clock,
ELT
Firewall
Battery-
Relay
Battery
Battery System (Schematic)

Figure 01
Page 02
24-30-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Electrical Power
BATTERY - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. The maintenance limits to removal and installation of the battery. For the necessary regular
service refer to Chapter 12, Section "Battery - Servicing".
2. Battery Removal/Installation
A. Remove Battery
(1) Ensure "BAT" switch is in OFF position.
(2) Remove upper engine cowling (refer to 71-10-00).
(3) Disconnect battery vent line.
(4) Remove battery hold down strap
(5) Remove battery from mounting tray.
B. Install Battery
(1) Place battery into mounting tray and secure with battery hold down strap.
(2) Reconnect battery vent line.
(3) Reconnect battery cables.
Page 201
24-30-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Electrical Power
EXTERNAL POWER - MAINTENANCE
1. General
A. This section covers that portion of the system within the aircraft which connects external electrical
power to the aircraft's electrical systems. Includes items such as external power receptacle and
relays.
B. The aircraft is optional equipped with an external power receptacle mounted on the engine
mount's right side just below the battery. The standard, oval shaped, 3-pin receptacle is accessible
through an hinged access door in the right side of the engine cowling. The system includes
further an external power relay attached to the engine mount and an relay behind instrument
panel. For wiring refer to
91-00-01.
Connecting a 12 V DC power supply to the external power receptacle the shorter, third connector
engages the external power relay, which connects the external power to the aircraft main bus.
Simultaneously the battery switch will be disconnected from ground terminal by the second relay
behind the instrument panel. That prevents an energizing of the battery relay while an external
power supply is applied.
The signal power to the external power relay contains an isolation diode to prevent reverse
polarity.
B. Maintenance is limited to removal and installation of components.
2. External Power Receptacle Removal/Installation (Refer to 201)
A. Remove External Power Receptacle

(1) Ensure “BAT” switch is in OFF position.
(3) Disconnect the battery (refer to 24-30-00).
(4) Identify and disconnect all wires at EPU receptacle.
(5) Remove the nuts, washers and bolts securing the receptacle to engine mount and remove
receptacle from aircraft.
B. Install External Power Receptacle

(1) Position and secure EPU receptacle to engine mount using bolts, washers and nuts.
(2) Identify and reconnect wires to EPU receptacle.
(3) Reconnect the battery (refer to 24-30-00).
(5) Perform an external power system functional check (24-40-00).
3. External Power Relay Removal/Installation
A. Remove External Power Relay

(1) Ensure “BAT” switch is in OFF position.
Page 201
24-40-00
26.04.05
Ground
Power 4 Pl.
Signal
Detail- A
External Power Receptacle Installation

Figure 201
EFFECTIVITY
Page 202
Aircraft equipped with an external power receptacle 24-40-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
Electrical Power

(3) Disconnect the battery (refer to 24-30-00).
(4) Identify and disconnect wires at external power relay.
(5) Remove nuts, washers and bolts securing relay to engine mount and remove relay from
aircraft.
B. Install External Power Relay

(1) Position and secure external power relay to engine mount using bolts, washers and nuts.
(2) Identify and reconnect wires to external power relay.
(3) Reconnect the battery (refer to 24-30-00).
(5) Perform an external power system functional check (24-40-00).
4. Adjustment/Test
A. Eternal Power System Functional Check

(1) Connect an 14 V DC external power supply to aircraft.
(2) Place the “BAT” switch into the ON position.
(3) Verify the voltmeter shows 14 V.
(4) Disconnect external power supply from aircraft.
(5) The voltmeter must show 12 V.
(6) Place the “BAT” switch in OFF position.
5. Inspection / Check
A. Eternal Power System Inspection / Check

(1) Check latching mechanism and hinge of the external power access door for integrity and
condition.
(3) In cabin, remove glare shield (refer to 31-10-00)
(4) Check external power receptacle for security.
(5) Check system relays for condition and security.
(6) Inspect electrical cables of the system for proper routing, chafing, broken or loose terminals,
general condition, and sharp bends in wiring.
(7) Verify the external power placard is firmly in place and readable.
(8) In cabin, install glare shield (refer to 31-10-00)
EFFECTIVITY
Page 203
Aircraft equipped with an external power receptacle 24-40-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Electrical Power
ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION - DESCRIPTION
1. Introduction
A. Distribution of electrical power supplied by the alternator and/or battery is accomplished by bus
bars. The bus architecture allows power to be routed to the essential circuitry if any one of the
main power sources fails.
All essential electrical accessories in the system are protected by push pull type circuit breakers
resettable in flight. The circuit breaker panel is on the far right instrument panel. It is labeled as to
each circuit's identity. The circuit breakers have their rated values identified on the top of the
shaft.
B. For power routing throughout the aircraft, refer to wiring diagrams shown in 91-00-00.
A. The AQUILA AT01 electrical system has two main bus bars: the aircraft bus bar and the avionics
bus bar. To the aircraft bus bar, all systems are connected which are essentially for aircraft
operation. The avionics bus bar, supplies the avionics equipment with power.
B. Both, the alternator output and the battery are connected with the aircraft bus via a 50A circuit
breaker. The 50A circuit breakers are located on the right instrument panel within the circuit
breaker panel.
From the aircraft bus bar the current is distributed via circuit breakers to electrical circuits of
several systems and components, and via „AVIONICS“ switch to the avionics bus bar. From there,
it also reaches the several components of the avionics equipment via circuit breakers.
The "AVIONICS" switch allows removing of avionics equipment separately from residual electrical
system.
Page 01
24-60-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Electrical Power
CIRCUIT BREAKER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. The circuit breaker panel (Refer to Figure 201) is equipped with circuit breakers of the „push to
reset“ type.
One terminal of each switch/breaker is directly connected with appropriate bus bar; the other is
wired with component/system to protect.
2. Circuit Breaker Removal/Installation
A. Remove Circuit Breaker

(2) Remove glareshield, refer to Chapter 21, Section „Instrument Panel Maintenance“.
(3) Disconnect wire(s) and bus to the selected circuit breaker.
(4) On the instrument panel front side, remove retaining ring and washer from circuit breaker.
(5) Remove circuit breaker.
NOTE: It may be necessary to loosen more than one circuit breaker to remove the selected
circuit breaker.
B. Install circuit breaker

(1) Place circuit breaker(s) into position on the instrument panel and secure.
(2) Identify and connect wire(s) and bus to the selected circuit breaker.
(3) Reinstall glareshield, refer to Chapter 21, Section „Instrument Panel Maintenance“.
(4) Reconnect battery cables.
Page 201
24-61-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
CHAPTER 25
EQUIPMENT / FURNISHINGS
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Equipment / Furnishings
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
Section
EQUIPMENT / FURNISHINGS - GENERAL................................................25-00-00 1

SEATS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES .........................................................25-10-00 201

General 25-10-00 201
Seat Removal/Installation 25-10-00 201
Gas Spring Strut Assembly Removal/Installation 25-10-00 201
RESTRAINT SYSTEMS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES............................25-11-00 201

General 25-11-00 201
Restraint System Removal/Installation 25-11-00 201
CABIN INTERIOR - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES....................................25-21-00 201

General 25-21-00 201
Panels, Coverings and Carpets Removal/Installation 25-21-00 202
CARGO TIE-DOWNS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES..............................25-50-00 201

General 25-50-00 201
EMERGENCY - DESCRIPTION......................................................................25-60-00 1 ACK ELT

Introduction 25-60-00 1 ACK ELT
Description and Operation 25-60-00 1 ACK ELT
EMERGENCY - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES ...........................................25-60-00 201 ACK ELT

General 25-60-00 201 ACK ELT
Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) Removal / Installation 25-60-00 201 ACK ELT
RCPI Removal / Installation 25-60-00 201 ACK ELT
ELT Antenna Removal / Installation 25-60-00 202 ACK ELT
Battery Replacement 25-60-00 202 ACK ELT
Adjustment/Test 25-60-00 205 ACK ELT
Inspection/Check 25-60-00 205 ACK ELT
EMERGENCY - DESCRIPTION......................................................................25-60-00 1 KANNAD ELT

Introduction 25-60-00 1 KANNAD ELT
Description and Operation 25-60-00 1 KANNAD ELT
EMERGENCY - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES ...........................................25-60-00 201 KANNAD ELT

General 25-60-00 201 KANNAD ELT
Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) Removal / Installation 25-60-00 201 KANNAD ELT
ELT Antenna Removal / Installation 25-60-00 201 KANNAD ELT
Battery Replacement 25-60-00 202 KANNAD ELT
Page 01
25 - TOC
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01 Equipment / Furnishings
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Chapter
Section
Adjustment/Test 25-60-00 202 KANNAD ELT

Inspection/Check 25-60-00 203 KANNAD ELT
EMERGENCY - DESCRIPTION......................................................................25-60-00 1 JOLLIET ELT

Introduction 25-60-00 1 JOLLIET ELT
Description and Operation 25-60-00 1 JOLLIET ELT
EMERGENCY - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES ...........................................25-60-00 201 JOLLIET ELT

General 25-60-00 201 JOLLIET ELT
Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) Removal / Installation 25-60-00 201 JOLLIET ELT
ELT Antenna Removal / Installation 25-60-00 201 JOLLIET ELT
Battery Replacement 25-60-00 202 JOLLIET ELT
Adjustment/Test 25-60-00 203 JOLLIET ELT
Inspection/Check 25-60-00 203 JOLLIET ELT
EMERGENCY - DESCRIPTION......................................................................25-60-00 1 POINTER ELT

Introduction 25-60-00 1 POINTER ELT
Description and Operation 25-60-00 1 POINTER ELT
EMERGENCY - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES ...........................................25-60-00 201 POINTER ELT

General 25-60-00 201 POINTER ELT
Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) Removal / Installation 25-60-00 201 POINTER ELT
ELT Antenna Removal / Installation 25-60-00 201 POINTER ELT
Battery Replacement 25-60-00 202 POINTER ELT
Adjustment/Test 25-60-00 203 POINTER ELT
Inspection/Check 25-60-00 203 POINTER ELT
FIRE EXTINGUISHER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 25-60-01 1

General 25-60-01 1
Maintenance Instructions 25-60-01 1
Page 02
25 - TOC
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
EQUIPMENT / FURNISHINGS - GENERAL
1. Introduction
A. This chapter describes removable items of equipment and interior trim contained in the flight and
baggage compartment of the AQUILA AT01.
A. The seats are adjustable fore and aft. The restraint system of each seat is attached to the fuselage
structure. It consists of shoulder harness with a inertia-reel retractor and lap belts. That allows for
complete freedom of movement of the upper torso area. In the event of a sudden deceleration,
the reels lock up to provide positive restraint for the user.
B. The cabin interior is designed functionally and easy-care. For maintenance purposes the panels
and coverings can be removed.
C. The baggage compartment in the AQUILA AT01 is directly behind the seats. It can be stowed
through the baggage compartment door on the left side of fuselage.
D. An Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) is provided. The transmitter unit is installed on the
baggage compartment floor immediately behind the right seat back.
Page 01
25-00-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
SEATS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. The AQUILA AT01 seats are fabricated from fiber composite materials and equipped with
integrated safety head rests and removable, hard-wearing seat cushions.
A stepless fore and aft seat travel corresponds to the ergonomics requirements of a wide pilot
spectrum. The seat track is angled upward for forward travel so that shorter people will
positioned slightly higher as they adjust the seat forward. A lockable oil/gas spring strut holds the
seat in the desired position.
To position the seat, push the seat position control knob, located below the seat frame on the right
side, slide the seat into position, and release the knob.
2. Seat Removal/Installation
A. Remove Seat
(1) Remove seat cushion.
(2) At remote control of gas spring locking valve remove control knob and then retaining nut
securing remote control to attachment bracket.
(3) Disconnect gas spring strut from seat by removing bolt at strut end.
(4) Remove bolts securing seat to seat rails and remove seat.
B. Install Seat
(1) Position seat and secure to seat rails with bolts.
(2) Slide remote control of gas spring locking valve into hole of attachment bracket.
(3) Connect gas spring strut to seat using bolt, washer and self locking nut.
(4) Secure remote control to attachment bracket with retaining nut and install control knob.
(5) Install seat cushion.
3. Seat Rails Removal/Installation
A. Remove Seat Rails

(1) Remove Seat (Refer to 25-10-00)
(2) Remove screws securing seat rails to fuselage structure.
B. Install Seat Rails

(1) Position seat rails and secure to fuselage structure with screws.
(2) Install seat (Refer to 25-10-00)
4. Gas Spring Strut Assembly Removal/Installation
A. Remove Gas Spring Strut Assembly

(1) Remove seat cushion.
Page 201
25-10-00
26.04.05
Detail- A
Seat Installation
Figure 201
Page 202
25-10-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
(2) At remote control of gas spring locking valve remove control knob and then retaining nut
securing remote control to attachment bracket.
(3) Disconnect gas spring strut from seat by removing bolt at strut end.
(4) Disconnect gas spring strut from fuselage structure by removing bolt at strut base and
remove gas spring strut assembly.
B. Install Gas Spring Strut Assembly

(1) Slide remote control of gas spring locking valve into hole of attachment bracket.
(2) Reconnect gas spring strut to seat using bolt, washer and self locking nut.
(3) Connect gas spring strut to fuselage structure using bolt, washer and self locking nut.
(4) Secure remote control to attachment bracket with retaining nut and install control knob.
(5) Install seat cushion.
Page 203
25-10-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
RESTRAINT SYSTEMS - MAINTENANCE
1. General
A. The seats are equipped with automatic, four point seat belts/shoulder harness assemblies. To
fasten the seat belts/shoulder harness a central rotary buckle is used. The design incorporates an
inertia reel system for the shoulder portion. The shoulder harnesses are attached to the baggage
compartment bulkhead, and allow complete freedom of movement of the occupants upper torso.
In the event of a sudden deceleration, the reels lock automatically to protect the occupants.
The seat belts are attached to fittings on the landing gear bulkhead.
B. Maintenance is limited to removal and installation of restraint systems.
2. Restraint Systems Removal/Installation
A. Remove Restraint System

(1) Open baggage compartment bulkhead access panel.
(2) Remove baggage compartment floor board.
(3) Remove bolts securing inertia reel to baggage compartment bulkhead and remove shoulder
harness from aircraft.
(4) Remove bolts securing seat belts to fuselage structure and remove seat belts.
B. Install Restraint System

(1) Install inertia reel to baggage compartment bulkhead using hex bolts, washers and self-
locking nuts. Route shoulder belts through belt guide in the seat back.
(2) Attach seat belts to fuselage structure using hex bolts, spacers, washers and self- locking nuts.
(3) Install all items removed for access.
Page 201
25-11-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
CABIN INTERIOR - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. The panels, coverings and carpets can be removed for maintenance purposes.
B. For cabin interior cleaning and care refer to Chapter 12, Section "Cabin interior - Cleaning and
Care".
2. Panels, Coverings and Carpets Removal and Installation
A. Panels are typically attached with small screws to the aircraft fuselage structure.
B. Seat cushion and the carpets are fixed with hook and loop fasteners.
C. See Fig. 201 for an exploded view of cabin interior.
Page 201
25-21-00
26.04.05
211 AB 211 BB
211 FT
211 FB
Remove 211 FT
211 EC
Remove 211 FT
Remove 211 FB
Remove 211 LC
211 LC
Remove 211 FT
Remove 211 FB
211 GT
211 CC 211 DR
Remove 211 BB See 211 DL
Detail- A 211 DL
Remove 211 CC
Remove 211 EC 211 HR
Remove 211 FB
Remove 211 FT
Remove 211 GT 211 Hl
Panels and Covers

Figure 201 (1)
EFFECTIVITY
Page 202
101 - 114 25-21-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
211 IR
211 IC
Remove 211 IL
Remove 211 IR
211 IL
211 KC
Detail- B
211 JB
Panels and Covers

Figure 201 (2)
EFFECTIVITY
Page 203
101 - 114 25-21-00
26.04.05
211 AB 211 BB
211 FT
211 FB
Remove 211 FT
211 EC
Remove 211 FT
Remove 211 FB
211 GT
211 CC 211 DR
Remove 211 BB See 211 DL
Detail- A 211 DL
Remove 211 CC
Remove 211 EC 211 HR
Remove 211 FB
Remove 211 FT
Remove 211 GT 211 Hl
Panels and Covers

Figure 201 (1)
EFFECTIVITY
Page 202
115 - 999 25-21-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
211 IR
211 IC
Remove 211 IL
Remove 211 IR
211 IL
211 KC
Detail- B
211 JB
Panels and Covers

Figure 201 (2)
EFFECTIVITY
Page 203
115 - 999 25-21-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
CARGO TIE-DOWNS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. Eight cargo tie-down rings are provided to anchor baggage. Baggage nets may be used to hold
baggage in position during the flight.
The cargo tie-down rings are secured directly to the floorboard through nutplates or they secure
the floorboard to the supports.
Page 201
25-50-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
EMERGENCY - DESCRIPTION
1. Introduction
A. This section describes those items of equipment carried for use in emergency procedures. That
includes the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT).
B. The aircraft is equipped with an ACK Model E-01 ELT.
C. Specifications
Transmission Frequencies: 121.50 MHz and 243.00 MHz

Transmitter Duty Cycle: 100%
Current Drain: 79 Milliamps
Size: L/W/H - 197 mm (7.75") / 70 mm (2.75") / 70mm (2.75")
Weight incl. Mount. Tray: 1530g (3 lbs 6 Oz)
Frequency Stability: 0.003%
Power Supply Transmitter: Eight Duracell "D" Batteries
Typical Power Out: 71 Milliwatts
A. The ACK model E-01 ELT is installed on the baggage compartment floor immediately behind the
right seat back. The ELT antenna is located on top of fuselage behind the cabin. The ELT Remote
Control Panel / Indicator (RCPI) is mounted in the instrument panel below the avionics
equipment.
B. In case of an impact the transmitter unit detects deceleration along its longitudinal axis greater
than 3.5 feet per second. The unit will automatically activate and repeatedly transmit VHF band
audio sweeps at 121.5 MHz and 243.0 MHz approximately 0.5 seconds apart.
It is designed to be removed from the aircraft and used as a personal locating device when it is
necessary to leave the aircraft after an accident.
For test and monitoring purposes a Remote Switch and Control Panel / Indicator (RCPI) is installed
on the instrument panel so that it can be seen by the pilot of the aircraft from normal operating
position.
The RCPI contains a button labeled ON, a button labeled RESET, and a red LED. The red LED
flashes when the ELT is activated (ELT is transmitting). The ON button is for test purposes. The
RESET button may be used to cancel an inadvertent transmission.
The main control switch of the transmitter unit is labeled ON-OFF-ARMED. The control switch
must be in the armed position for normal operations.
Aircraft equipped with an ACK Model E-01 ELT Page 01

25-60-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
EMERGENCY - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. This section covers removal and installation procedures of ELT components as well necessary
periodic maintenance.
B. Consider all publications / requirements of the appropriate National Authority regarding ELT
operation and maintenance.
C. Refer to ACK Model E-01 Installation Manual Operation Manual Rev. Date 05/07/2002 or later for
additional maintenance information on the ELT.
2. Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) Removal / Installation
A. Remove ELT
(1) Open the baggage compartment door.
(2) At ELT, move the main transmitter control switch to the OFF position.
(3) Disconnect transmitter RJ-11 plug from RJ-11 jack.
(4) Disconnect antenna cable from front panel on ELT.
(5) Unstrap transmitter unit and remove from aircraft.
B. Install ELT
WARNING: THE ELT MUST BE MOUNTED WITH THE ARROW WHICH IS PRINTED ON
THE BATTERY CASE POINTING IN THE DIRECTION OF FLIGHT.
CAUTION: THE QUICK RELEASE RETAINING STRAPS WHICH SECURE THE ELT TO THE
TRAY ARE SLIGHTLY DIFFERENT SIZE. THE STRAP WHICH FITS AROUND
THE FRONT OF THE ELT IS MARKED FRONT. THE STRAP WHICH FITS
AROUND THE BATTERY CASE END OF THE ELT IS MARKED BATTERY.
(1) Install transmitter onto mounting tray with arrow on battery case pointing in direction of
flight and secure with straps.
(2) Connect antenna cable to front of ELT.
(3) Connect RJ-11 plug from transmitter to RJ-11 jack.
(4) Perform a functional check as described in Adjustment/Test (Refer to 25-60-00).
3. RCPI Removal / Installation
A. Remove RCPI
(1) Gain access to back of instrument panel and disconnect RJ-11 connector at RCPI unit.
(2) Remove bolts, washers, and nuts securing the RCPI unit to instrument panel and remove
from aircraft.
B. Install RCPI
(1) Secure RCPI unit to instrument panel using hardware.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 201
Aircraft equipped with an ACK Model E-01 ELT 25-60-00
26.04.05
(2) Connect RJ-11 connector to RCPI.

4. ELT Antenna Removal / Installation
A. Remove ELT Antenna

25-21-00).
(2) Disconnect antenna cable from antenna base.
(3) Supporting antenna remove nut, small washer and large washer from ELT antenna.
(4) Remove antenna from aircraft.
B. Install ELT Antenna

(1) Position antenna into mounting hole. Make sure the rubber washer which forms a moisture
seal between the antenna base and aircraft structure is in place.
(2) Secure antenna with large washer, serrated washer, and nut.
(3) Connect antenna cable at antenna base.
(4) Install access / inspection plate 211 KC (Refer to
25-21-00).
5. Battery Replacement (Refer to Figure 201)
NOTE: Any ELT battery replacements should be recorded in logbook.
A. Replace ELT Transmitter Batteries
CAUTION: THE ACK MODEL E-01 ELT IS DESIGNED TO USE ONLY DURACELL MN 1300,
MX 1300 OR PC 1300 ALKALINE BATTERIES WHICH ARE DATED BY THE
MANUFACTURER.
THE ELT DOES NOT MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF TSO-91A OR FAR 91.207
IF USED WITH ANY OTHER TYPE OF BATTERY.
BATTERY REPLACEMENT IS REQUIRED UPON REACHING THE DATE

MARKED UPON EACH CELL. ALL CELLS MUST BE REPLACED AT SAME
TIME AND ALL CELLS MUST HAVE THE SAME EXPIRATION TIME.
NOTE: The batteries should be replaced when the transmitter has been in use for more
than one cumulative hour.
The expiration date of batteries must be indicated on the outside of the ELT
battery case and recorded in the aircraft logs. Adhesive labels are provided to
record this Information.
(1) Open baggage compartment door.
CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE THE FRONT SCREWS FROM THE TRANSMITTER

ASSEMBLY.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 202
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
(2) Using a 3/32” hex driver, remove the four retaining screws and split lock washers which
attach the battery case to the ELT transmitter assembly.
NOTE: Loosen the screws evenly a few turns at a time until the battery contact spring
pressure is relieved.
(3) Remove batteries from the battery case.
NOTE: The four batteries which fit in the bottom of the battery case are designed to be
a snug fit. It may be necessary to carefully tap the open end of the battery case
on a flat surface to dislodge these bottom batteries. Make sure the expired
batteries are either discarded or removed from the work area before
continuing.
CAUTION: Do not use abrasive cleaners or materials to clean the contacts. The contacts
are nickel and gold plated spring steel. Abrasive material will remove this
plating. If the contacts appear to be badly corroded they must be replaced.
(4) Examine the battery contacts. Any dirt or corrosion should be gently removed using
electrical contact cleaner and a stiff brush.
(5) Record the battery replacement date of the new batteries being installed using one of the
adhesive labels provided with the ELT.
NOTE: The battery replacement date is found on each Duracell MN1300 cell printed in
a window labeled “best if installed by”.
All cells must have the same date.
(6) Install the new batteries as indicated by the battery installation placards which are affixed to
the inside of the battery case.
CAUTION: When installing the new style Duracell batteries which have a built in test strip
on the side of the cell, these test strip must be oriented so that the test strip
does not contact the plastic case or any other cell.
(7) Perform a voltage an polarity check.

(8) Install the battery case to the transmitter assembly making sure that the battery case index
pin hole is aligned with the index pin of the transmitter assembly and the o-ring seal is in
place.
(9) Place the transmitter assembly face down on a bench with the modular connector cable just
past the edge of the bench. While pressing down on the battery case to compress the battery
contact springs, replace the four battery retaining screws and lock washers and evenly
tighten until the battery case is pulled flat against the transmitter assembly.
NOTE: If the o-ring appears to be pinched between the case and transmitter, back-off
the screws slightly and push the o-ring back into place with a thin screwdriver
or piece of sheet metal.
Slightly wetting the o-ring before assembly greatly helps this assembly.
(10) Remove any existing battery replacement date labels from the battery case and install the
EFFECTIVITY
Page 203
26.04.05
ACK MODEL E-01 ELT.
Battery Case
Index Pin Hole
Index Pin
Test Strip
O-Ring
ELT Transmitter Main Switch
Antenna Cable Receptacle
RCPI Connecting Cable
ELT Battery Case Installation

Figure 201
EFFECTIVITY
Page 204
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
new label previously prepared in a readily visible location on the ELT.

(11) Perform a ELT functional check as described in Adjustment/Test (Refer to 25-60-00).
B. Replace RCPI Battery
NOTE: If replacing an old battery carefully inspect the battery contacts for dirt or corrosion. If
the contacts need cleaning use only nonabrasive electrical contact cleaner and a stiff
brush. Abrasive cleaners will remove the nickel and gold plating from the contacts.
Badly corroded contacts should be replaced.
(1) Remove the three retaining screws which secure the top and bottom half of the RCPI unit.
(2) Loosen the two switch retaining nuts located on the front of the unit.
(3) Carefully remove the top half of the RCPI unit exposing the battery compartment.
(4) Insert the single Duracel PX 28L 6-volt lithium battery with the polarity as shown on the bottom of
the battery compartment.
(5) Replace the top half of the RCPI and replace the three retaining screws and tighten the two switch
retaining nuts.
(6) Record the next RCPI battery replacement date on one of the adhesive labels supplied with the
ELT and affix the label on the ELT in a readily visible location when installed.
6. Adjustment/Test
A. Perform the following ELT function test to verify that the transmitter, the latch circuit, the batteries
and associated equipment operating properly:
NOTE: Regulations require that transmitter tests only be done during the first five minutes of
each hour and must not last for more than three audio sweeps (1.5 seconds). If you are
at a location where there is a control tower or other monitoring ground facility, notify
the facility before beginning the tests.
(1) Monitor 121.5 MHz using the aircraft COM receiver or a portable hand held receiver (squelch
is turned down or off)
(2) Place the main control switch on the front of the ELT transmitter unit in the “ON” position
and verify that the audio sweep tone can be heard on the COM radio.
(3) Place the main switch on the ELT unit in the “ARMED” position.
(4) While seated at the pilot's normal operating position, press the "ON" button on the RCPI unit.
Verify that the red LED flashes and is readily visible from the pilot's operating position.
Verify that the audio sweep tone can be heard on the COM receiver.
(5) Push the "RESET" button on the RCPI unit. The LED should stop flashing and the audio tone
should stop. VERIFY THAT THE ELT HAS STOPPED TRANSMITTING!
7. Inspection/Check
A. The following inspections must be performed a minimum of one time each 12 months
EFFECTIVITY
Page 205
26.04.05
(1) Visual Inspections

(a) Inspect the ELT and mounting tray to insure all fasteners and mechanical assemblies are
secure.
(b) Inspect the coaxial cable connecting the ELT to the antenna for cuts or abrasions on its
outer jacket. Disconnect the BNC connectors on each end. Examine both the BNC
connectors and the mating plug on the antenna and ELT unit for any signs of corrosion.
(c) Inspect the modular cable connecting the ELT to the RCPI unit for signs of wear or
abrasion on the outer jacket. Remove the modular plug connecting the ELT to the
connecting cable and inspect the jack and plug assembly for corrosion.
(d) Check the expiration date of the ELT Transmitter and RCPI batteries. Replace if
necessary.
(e) Remove the battery case and inspect the battery compartment for signs of corrosion or
battery leakage. If any battery leakage is present all batteries must be replaced.
NOTE: Although not required, it is strongly recommended that the batteries be

replaced every two years. After two years of storage at normal temperatures
the cells still have over 95% of their original capacity left and may be used to
power other non critical electrical devices.
(2) Perform a G-switch check

(a) Activate the ELT by using a rapid forward (throwing) motion coupled by a rapid
reversing action. The direction for force activation is indicated on the ELT with an
arrow.
(b) Verify that the ELT has been activated by the use of the aircraft COM receiver or a
portable hand held receiver which is tuned to 121.5 MHz.
(c) Reinstall the ELT into it's mount and verify the proper direction for crash activation.
Reconnect all cables.
(3) Perform an AM radio check
(a) Move the main control switch on the ELT transmitter unit to ON position.
(b) Hold the antenna of an AM broadcast radio receiver (tuning dial on any setting) about 6
inches from the ELT antenna, the ELT aural ton should be heard.
NOTE: This is not a measured check, but it does provide confidence that the antenna
is radiating with sufficient power to aid search and rescue.
(c) Move the main control switch on the ELT transmitter unit to ARMED position.
(d) Verify the ELT transmitter unit is properly installed, all cables connected as required and
the ELT main control switch is properly positioned.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 206
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
1. Introduction
B. The aircraft is equipped with a KANNAD 406 AF COSPAS-SARSAT ELT.
C. Specifications
Dimensions: 181 x 100 x 94 mm

Weight incl Bracket and Batteries: 1110 g
121.5 / 243.0 MHz Transmitter
Output Power: Typical 22 dBm (158 mW) for each frequency
Duty Cycle: Continuous except during 406 transmissions (500ms every
50s)
Modulation Signal: Decreasing sweep from 1420 to 490 MHz
Operation Duration: Over 48 hours at 20°C
406.025 MHz Transmitter
Output Power: 37 +/- 2 dBm (5 W +/- 1.6 mW)
Transmission Duration: 440 ms (short message) every 50s.
Repetition Period: 57.5 to 52.5 s
Operation Duration: Over 24 hours at 20°C
Batteries:
Type of Batteries: 3 x LiMnO2 d type cells
Replacement: Every 6 years
Operating Temperature: -20°C to +55°C
Altitude: 55.000 ft
2. Descriptions and Operation ( Refer to Fig. 01)
A. The KANNAD 406 AF ELT is designed to transmit on three frequencies 125,5 MHz, 243 MHz and
406 MHz. The two basic emergency frequencies (121,5 and 243 MHz) are mainly used for homing
in the final stages of the rescue operations. The 406 MHz frequency is used by the COSPAS-
SARSAT satellites for precise pinpointing and identification of the aircraft in distress.
The KANNAD 406 AF ELT can be activated either automatically when a crash occurs or manually
by means of a control switch at the front panel. The incorporated g-switch activates the unit if it
detects a deceleration along the longitudinal axis greater than 4.5 feet per second.
Once activated, the transmitter operates continuously on 121,5 and 243,0 MHz. The modulation is
an audio frequency sweeping downwards from 1420 Hz to 490 Hz with a repetition rate of 3 Hz.
Simultaneously, during the first 24 hours of operation, a 112 bit digital message (identification only
in the short message configuration) is transmitted on 406,025 MHz every 50 seconds with a output
power of 5 W.
B. The KANNAD 406 AF ELT is installed on the baggage compartment floor immediately behind the
right seat back. The ELT antenna is located on top of fuselage behind the cabin.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 01
Aircraft equipped with a KANNAD 406 AF ELT 25-60-00
26.04.05
For in-flight use, the front panel of the ELT is easily accessible from the pilots normal seated
position. The unit can be removed from the aircraft and used as a personal locating device when
it is necessary to leave the aircraft after an accident.
The ELT front panel includes a 3 position ARM/OFF/ON Switch, a red control LED, a DIN 12
connector to connect a RCP, a GPS interface or programming equipment and a BNC connector
used to connect the transmitter to the outside antenna.
With the control switch in ARM position the ELT is in stand-by mode for automatic activation the
normal operation mode. Selecting the ON position starts the transmission on 121,5 /243 MHz
immediately after the self-test, the 406 MHz transmission starts after 50 seconds. During
transmission, the buzzer operates and LED flashes periodically.
BNC Connector
Red LED
Main Switch
Mounting Bracket
RC Connector
Velcro Strap
ELT KANNAD 406 AF

Figure 01
EFFECTIVITY
Page 02
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
1. General
C. Refer to SERPE-IESM KANNAD 406 AF / AF-H Installation Manual / Operation Manual /

Inspection Log, and F8794 KANNAD 406 AF / AF-H / AF (6D) Technical Presentation, P/N
S1821502-02 for complete information on installation, programming, operation and maintenance
of the ELT.
A. Remove ELT
(2) At ELT, move the main transmitter control switch to the OFF position.
(4) Unstrap transmitter unit and remove from aircraft.
B. Install ELT
WARNING: THE ELT MUST BE MOUNTED WITH THE ARROW, WHICH IS PRINTED ON
THE BATTERY CASE AND LABELED “FLIGHT DIRECTION”, POINTING IN
THE DIRECTION OF FLIGHT.
(1) Install transmitter onto mounting tray with arrow on battery case pointing in direction of
flight and secure with strap.

25-21-00).
(2) Disconnect antenna cable from antenna base.
(3) Supporting antenna, remove nuts and washers securing ELT antenna to fuselage, remove
ground wire.
(5) Remove antenna with gasket from topside of fuselage.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 201
Aircraft equipped with a KANNAD 406 AF ELT
25-60-00
26.04.05

(1) Position antenna with gasket on topside of fuselage.
(3) Secure antenna base to topside of fuselage using screws, nuts and washers. Reinstall
ground wire.
4. Battery Replacement
WARNING: BATTERY REPLACEMENT CAN ONLY CARRIED OUT BY AN APPROPRIATELY

MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION WITH VALID AGREEMENT FOR KANNAD ELT
MAINTENANCE.
A. The transmitter battery expiry date is fixed at 6 years after manufacturing. Battery replacement is
mandatory:
(1) After any activation for distress purposes;
(2) After any unintentional activation for an unknown duration;
(3) After more than one hour of real transmission (cumulated duration);
(4) Before or on battery expiration date.
NOTE: The identification and maintenance marking that is stuck on ELT housing gives
information on the battery (type, expiry date), on the identification data that are
programmed in the ELT (protocol, Identification number, hexadecimal transcription of
the Beacon Identification code) and on the aircraft (Tail number).
5. Adjustment/Test
CAUTION: ELT OPERATIONAL TEST IS LIMITED TO SELF-TEST PROCEDURE. TESTS

BEYOND THIS TEST SUCH AS BATTERY VOLTAGE TEST, TRANSMISSION POWER
TEST OR VERIFICATION OF G-SWITCH ACTIVATION CAN ONLY CARRIED OUT
BY AN APPROPRIATELY MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION WITH VALID
AGREEMENT FOR KANNAD ELT MAINTENANCE.
A. Perform the following ELT operational test (self-test) to verify that the ELT system operates
properly:
CAUTION: DO NOT PERFORM SELF-TEST WITHOUT ANTENNA CONNECTED.
(1) Check that the antenna is connected properly.

(2) Switch three position control switch from position “OFF” to position “ARM”.
NOTE: The buzzer operates during whole Self-test procedure.
(3) After a few seconds, the test result is displayed with the LED as follows:
(a) One long flash indicates good test.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 202
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
(b) A series of short flashes indicates bad test.

(4) Switch back to “OFF”
WARNING: IF SELF-TEST FAILS, CONTACT THE NEXT MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION WITH

VALID AGREEMENT FOR KANNAD ELT MAINTENANCE. ELT MUST NOT BE
USED FOR FLIGHTS.
NOTE: The number of flashes gives an indication of the faulty parameter detected during the
test:
3+1 Low Battery Voltage

3+2 Low RF Power
3+3 Faulty VCO Locking
3+4 No Identification Programmed
6. Inspection/Check

secure.
(c) Check the expiration date of the ELT batteries. Replace if necessary.
(d) Verify the external placard “ELT LOCATED HERE” is firmly in place and readable.
(2) Perform an ELT functional check as described in Adjustment/Test (Refer to 25-60-01).
EFFECTIVITY
Page 203
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
1. Introduction
B. The aircraft is equipped with a JOLLIET JE2-NG ELT.
C. Specifications

Frequency Stability: +/- 3.10-5
Peak effective Radiated Power: 75 mW min up to 400 mW max for each frequency
Modulation: Amplitude modulated, downward sweep more than 700 Hz,
between 1600 Hz and 300 Hz
Transmitter Duty Cycle: continuous
Size incl. Mount. Tray: L/W/H - 220 mm / 85 mm / 73 mm
Weight incl. Mount. Tray: 1100g
Power Supply: Alkaline 12V battery pack
Operating Temperature Range: -20°C to +55°C
Max. Altitude: 50.000 ft
2. Descriptions and Operation (Refer to Fig. 01)
A. The JOLLIET JE2-NG ELT is an Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) which transmits, if activated,
on the international distress frequencies 121.5 MHz and 243 MHz a “typical” modulated signal.
The ELT may be activated automatically and manually. For automatic activation the unit is
equipped with a G-Switch.
The ELT is designed to be removed from the aircraft and used as a personal locating device when
it is necessary to leave the aircraft after an accident. For this it has a portable antenna.
The JOLLIET JE2-NG ELT is installed on the baggage compartment floor immediately behind the
right seat back. The ELT antenna is mounted on the right backside of the baggage compartment
bulkhead, in fuselage tail section.
For in-flight use, the front panel of the ELT is easily accessible from the pilots normal seated
position.
B. The ELT front panel includes a 3 position MANU-OFF/RST-AUTO Switch, two terminals for RCP
connection, and a BNC connector used to connect the transmitter to the outside antenna.
With the control switch in AUTO position the ELT is in stand-by mode for automatic activation
the normal operation mode. Selecting the MANU position starts the transmission on 121,5 /243
MHz immediately.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 01
Aircraft equipped with a JOLLIET JE2-NG ELT
25-60-00
26.04.05
JOLLIET JE2-NG ELT*
Battery Pack
Expiration Date
T-Tab
RCP Terminals Portable

Antenna
Left Battery Pack

Srew Hole
BNC Connector
3 Position
Control Switch ELT Head
JOLLIET JE2-NG ELT

Figure 01
*Shown without mounting tray.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 02
Aircraft equipped with a JOLLIET JE2-NG ELT 25-60-00
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
1. General
C. Refer to JOLLIET JE2-NG ELT Owners Manual, Edition 3.97 or a later one, for additional
maintenance information on the ELT.
A. The JOLLIET JE2-NG ELT Unit utilizes a mounting tray. This mounting tray is attached to the
baggage compartment floor board 211JB (Refer to 25-21-00) by four bolts. If necessary to remove
the mounting tray, first remove floor board from aircraft and then, remove hardware securing
mounting tray to floor board and remove mounting tray.
B. Remove ELT
(2) At ELT, move the main transmitter control switch to the OFF/RST position.
(4) Open the “quick opener” of the metallic clamp, which fixes the ELT on mounting tray and
remove unit from aircraft.
C. Install ELT
THE BATTERY CASE AND LABELED “FORWARD”, POINTING IN THE
DIRECTION OF FLIGHT.
(1) Slip the ELT unit backwards into the mounting tray and secure closing the “quick opener” of
the metallic clamp.
NOTE: The tapered shape of unit's housing base and the trapezoid mounting tray allow
only one way mounting.


EFFECTIVITY
Page 201
26.04.05
25-21-00).
(3) Disconnect BNC connector from antenna base.
(4) Remove nut and washers securing ELT antenna to mounting bracket.

(1) Position antenna into mounting bracket.
(4) Connect antenna cable at ELT front panel.
(5) Install access / inspection plate 211 KC (Refer to
25-21-00).
NOTE: Any ELT battery pack replacements should be recorded in logbook.
12V alkaline battery pack may be ordered under PN JE2-1978-3NG.
A. The JOLLIET JE2-NG ELT battery pack must be replaced under one of the following conditions:
(1) On battery expiration date printed on the battery pack label.
(2) After one hour of real transmission (cumulated duration).
B. Replace ELT Transmitter Battery Pack

(1) Open baggage compartment door.
(2) Verify the 3 position MANU-OFF/RST-AUTO Switch on ELT front panel is in OFF/RST
position.
(3) Remove ELT from its mounting tray (refer to 25-60-02).
(4) Extend the portable antenna by pulling the “T” tab at its end.
(5) Loosen the two screws located inside the holes on the front panel, securing the battery pack
to ELT head.
(6) Carefully separate the ELT battery pack from the head.
(7) Disconnect power cables at battery pack by unsnapping the two press-button type
connectors.
(8) Reconnect power cables at new battery pack.
CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE SEALANT, WHICH IS APPLIED ONTO INSIDE LIP OF

THE BATTERY PACK'S MOUNTING SIDE.
NOTE: Onto inside lip of the battery pack's mounting side is a sealant applied. If
necessary, complete with the sealant provided with the battery pack.
(9) Reinsert ELT head into the new battery pack, being careful, not to pinch cables, and secure
with screws.
(10) Reinstall portable antenna around the unit.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 202
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
(11) Install ELT onto aircraft (refer to 25-60-02).

5. Adjustment/Test
A. Perform the following ELT function test to verify that the transmitter and associated equipment
operating properly:
(2) Place the main control switch on the front of the ELT transmitter unit into the “MANU”
position for approximately one second, then return it to AUTO. Verify that the audio sweep
tone can be heard on the COM radio.
6. Inspection/Check

secure.
(b) Check the contact separator is well inserted between portable antenna and the antenna
contact finger.
(c) Inspect the coaxial cable connecting the ELT to the antenna for cuts or abrasions on its
(d) Check the expiration date of the ELT battery pack. Replace if necessary.
(e) Verify the external placard “ELT LOCATED HERE” is firmly in place and readable.

(a) Remove ELT from aircraft (refer to 25-60-02).
(b) Extend portable antenna.
(c) Place the ELT control switch into the “AUTO” position.
(d) Activate the ELT by using a rapid forward (throwing) motion coupled by a rapid
arrow.
(e) Verify that the ELT has been activated by the use of the aircraft COM receiver or a
EFFECTIVITY
Page 203
26.04.05

(f) Reset G-switch by placing the ELT control switch into the OFF/RST position.
(g) Install ELT into the aircraft (refer to 25-60-02).
EFFECTIVITY
Page 204
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
1. Introduction
B. The aircraft is equipped with a Pointer 3000 Series ELT.
C. Specifications

Peak effective Radiated Power: 135 mW average (depends on env. conditions)
Modulation: Amplitude modulated, downward sweep more than 700 Hz,
between 1600 Hz and 300 Hz
Transmitter Duty Cycle: 50%
Size incl. Mount. Tray: L/W/H - 194 mm / 90 mm / 70 mm
Weight incl. Mount. Tray: 860 g
Power Supply: Pack of 5x 1.5V Alkaline “C” size batteries in series
Operating Temperature Range: -20°C to +55°C
Max. Altitude: 35.000 ft
2. Descriptions and Operation (Refer to Fig. 01)
A. The Pointer 3000 Series ELT is an Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) which transmits, if
activated, on the international distress frequencies 121.5 MHz and 243 MHz a “typical” modulated
signal.
The ELT may be activated automatically and manually. For automatic activation the unit is
equipped with a G-Switch.
The ELT is designed to be removed from the aircraft and used as a personal locating device when
it is necessary to leave the aircraft after an accident. For this it has a storable telescopic antenna.
The Pointer 3000 Series ELT is installed on the baggage compartment floor immediately behind the
right seat back. The ELT antenna is mounted on the right backside of the baggage compartment
bulkhead, in fuselage tail section.
For in-flight use, the ELT is easily accessible from the pilots normal seated position.
B. The ELT control panel includes a 3 position master ON-OFF-AUTO switch, an indicator lamp, a
BNC antenna connector, a microphone jack, and a remote cable jack for RCP connection.
With the control switch in AUTO position the ELT is in stand-by mode for automatic activation
the normal operation mode. Selecting the ON position starts the transmission on 121,5 /243 MHz
immediately.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 01
Aircraft equipped with a Pointer 3000 Series ELT 25-60-00
26.04.05
POINTER 3000 SERIES ELT*
Master Switch
Indicator Lamp
BNC Antenna
Receptacle
Microphone Jack
Telescopic Antenna
Base Plate
RCP Connector
(caped)
Pointer 3000 Series ELT

Figure 01
*Shown without mounting tray.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 02
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
EMERGENCY MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
C. Refer to Installation and Operation Manual delivered with the ELT and to further manufacturers
publications, for additional maintenance information on the ELT.
A. The Pointer 3000 Series ELT Unit utilizes a mounting tray. This mounting tray is attached to the
baggage compartment floor board 211JB (Refer to 25-21-00) by four panhead screws, washers and
nuts. If necessary to remove the mounting tray, first remove floor board from aircraft and then,
remove hardware securing mounting tray to floor board and remove mounting tray.
B. Remove ELT
(2) At ELT remove switch guard and place master switch to the OFF position.
(3) Disconnect antenna cable from control panel on ELT.
(4) Remove telescopic antenna from stowage clips.
(5) Open latch on hold-down strap and remove unit from aircraft.
C. Install ELT
THE ELT CONTROL FACE AND LABELED “DIRECTION OF FLIGHT”,
POINTING IN THE DIRECTION OF FLIGHT.
(1) Remove telescopic antenna from stowage clips.

(2) Insert transmitter into the mounting bracket and position metallic hold-down strap forward
of rear telescopic antenna clip and over the unit case.
(3) Open latch, attach to clip and lock into place.
(4) Install telescopic antenna into their stowage clips.
(5) Connect antenna cable to ELT.
(7) Set the master switch to the “AUTO” position and install master switch clip.

(1) Disconnect antenna cable from ELT.
EFFECTIVITY
Page 201
26.04.05
25-21-00).
(3) Disconnect BNC connector from antenna base.
(4) Remove nut and washers securing ELT antenna to mounting bracket.

(1) Position antenna into mounting bracket.
(4) Connect antenna cable at ELT.
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RECHARGE BATTERY PACK!
NOTE: Any ELT battery pack replacements should be recorded in logbook.
A. The Pointer ELT battery pack must be replaced after 2 years shelf or service life or for any of the
following reasons:
(1) After the transmitter has been used in an emergency situation (including any inadvertent
activation of unknown duration).
(2) After the transmitter has been operated for more than one cumulative hour (e.g. time
accumulated in several tests and an inadvertent activation of known duration).
(3) On or before battery replacement date.
NOTE: Battery replacement date is marked on the battery pack and the label at end of
transmitter.
B. Replace ELT Transmitter Battery Pack

(1) Remove transmitter from the aircraft (Refer to 25-60-03).
(2) Remove switch guard and place the master switch in the “OFF” position.
(3) Remove 6 screws and washers from ELT base plate. Remove base plate from unit.
(4) Remove neoprene gasket, and disconnect the battery/transmitter connectors.
(5) Remove expired battery pack from ELT and insert a new one.
(6) Reconnect the battery/transmitter connectors and position the neoprene gasket correctly.
(7) Position the base plate to unit and secure with screws. Exercise care not to overtighten the
screws.
(8) Apply new battery replacement date label, supplied with replacement pack, on transmitter
end.
(9) Install transmitter in aircraft (Refer to 25-60-03).
EFFECTIVITY
Page 202
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
5. Adjustment/Test
A. Perform the following ELT function test to verify that the transmitter and associated equipment
operating properly:
(2) Place the master control switch into the “ON” position for approximately one second, then
return it to AUTO. Verify that the audio sweep tone can be heard on the COM radio.
6. Inspection/Check

secure.
(c) Check the telescopic antenna for integrity and condition. Extend it at least one time
fully.
(d) Check the expiration date of the ELT battery pack. Replace if necessary.
(e) Verify the external placard “ELT LOCATED HERE” is firmly in place and readable.
(a) Remove ELT from aircraft (refer to 25-60-03).
(b) Remove telescopic antenna from stowage clips, and insert it into the “ANT” receptacle
on ELT control panel. Extend it fully.
(c) Place the ELT control switch into the “AUTO” position.
(d) Activate the ELT by using a rapid forward (throwing) motion coupled by a rapid
arrow.
(e) Verify that the ELT has been activated by the use of the aircraft COM receiver or a
(f) Reset G-switch by placing the ELT master switch into the OFF/RESET position.
(g) Disconnect telescopic antenna from ELT and reinstall it into their stowage clips.
(h) Install ELT into the aircraft (refer to 25-60-03).
EFFECTIVITY
Page 203
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
FIRE EXTINGUISHER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. The aircraft is equipped with a liquefied-gas type fire extinguisher AIR TOTAL HAL 1 mounted
within a quick-release bracket attached at the floor board of the baggage compartment, behind the
right seat.
The fire extinguisher uses Halon 1211, a liquid gas which is non-toxic and is approved for use on
class A, B (liquid, grease) and class C (electrical equipment) fires.
B. For more information on the fire extinguisher, refer to the Operating Instructions for Fire
Extinguishers Air TOTAL HAL 1; HAL 1,2; HAL 2,5 supplied with the extinguisher.
A. Technical data:
(1) Extinguishing Agent Halon 1211
(2) Fire Class GER. ABC
(3) U.S. Class ABC
(4) Total Weight 2,2 kg (- 2% / year, max. 10%)
(5) Filling Pressure 11 bars
B. Handling
(1) Lift carrying handle.
(2) Press down safeguard.
(3) Depress trigger.
3. Maintenance Instructions
B. The charge pressure is to be checked regularly by means of the manometer. Verify the seal wire is
not broken. After every use, the extinguisher is to be refilled by the manufacturer. After 10 years,
a major overhaul is to be carried out by the manufacturer.
Page 201
25-60-01
26.04.05
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
CHAPTER 27
FLIGHT CONTROLS
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
Section
Title Subject Page
FLIGHT CONTROLS - GENERAL .................................................................27-00-00 1

AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION.......................................27-10-00 1

AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES ............27-10-00 201

General 27-10-00 201
Control Stick Removal/Installation 27-10-00 201
Pushrod No. 1 Removal/Installation 27-10-00 201
Front Bellcrank Removal/Installation 27-10-00 201
Rear Bellcrank Removal/Installation 27-10-00 203
Aileron Bellcrank Removal/Installation 27-10-00 205
Inspection/Check 27-10-00 205
Adjustment / Test 27-10-00 207
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION ........................................27-20-00 1

RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES..............27-20-00 201

General 27-20-00 201
Control Cables 27-20-00 201
Rudder Pedal Assembly Removal/Installation 27-20-00 201
Control Cable Removal/Installation 27-20-00 203
ELEVATOR CONTROL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION ....................................27-30-00 1

ELEVATOR CONTROL SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES ..........27-30-00 201

General 27-30-00 201
Elevator Torque Tube Assy Removal/Installation 27-30-00 201
Elevator Bellcrank Removal/Installation 27-30-00 203
Page 01
27 - TOC
01.03.02
AQUILA AT01 Flight Controls
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Chapter
Section
Title Subject Page

Adjustment/Test 27-30-00 203
ELEVATOR TRIM CONTROL - DESCRIPTION..........................................27-31-00 1

ELEVATOR TRIM CONTROL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES ...............27-31-00 201

General 27-31-00 201
Trim Actuator Removal/Installation 27-31-00 201
FLAP CONTROL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION ...............................................27-50-00 1

FLAP CONTROL SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES.....................27-50-00 201

General 27-50-00 201
Flap Actuator Assembly Removal/Installation 27-50-00 201
Torque Tube Assembly Removal/Installation 27-50-00 201
Flap Pushrod Removal/Installation 27-50-00 201
Page 02
27 - TOC
01.03.02
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
FLIGHT CONTROLS- GENERAL
1. Introduction
A. This chapter contains information about flight controls used to manually control the aircraft in
flight. It also includes the functioning and maintenance aspects of the flaps.
A. The conventionally designed flight control system of the AQUILA AT01 is divided into aileron
control, rudder control, elevator control and the wing flaps system. The aircraft is equipped with
dual controls.
The control stick and rudder pedals are used for control input. An elevator trim can be actuated
electrically. Aileron and elevator control motion is transferred to control surfaces through
pushrods and bellcranks. The rudder control system utilizes control cables and bellcranks for
rudder actuation.
The flaps are operated and fixed in desired position by an electrical flap actuator.
B. For dimensions, areas and free play tolerances of the control surfaces refer to Chapter 6
"Dimensions and Areas“ of this manual.
Page 01
27-00-00
01.03.02
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION
1. Introduction
A. This section describes that portion of the flight control system, which controls the position and
movement of the ailerons. The aileron control system rigging procedure is provided.
The ailerons are actuated through pushrods and bellcranks. Each aileron has weight
compensation.
To correct tendency to roll precisely, a ground-adjustable trim tab at the leading edge of the left
aileron is provided.
A. For aileron control system design and function refer to Figure 1.
Page 01
27-10-00
30.01.03
Pushrod 4
Pushrod 3
Pushrod 2
Pushrod 1
Aileron Control System Design and Function

Figure 1.
Page 02
27-10-00
01.03.02
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. For a breakdown of components, refer to Figure 201, 202 and 203.
WARNING: WHEN INSTALLING COMPONENTS OF CONTROL SYSTEM, ALWAYS NEW SELF-

LOCKING NUTS SHOULD BE USED. NEVER USE A SELF-LOCKING NUT MORE
THAN ONCE.
2. Control Stick Removal/Installation
A. Remove Control Stick

(1) Remove access panel 211 HL (HR) (Refer to 25-21-00).
(2) Disconnect electro cable to the transmission button.
(3) Disconnect pushrod at control stick base.
(4) Remove bolt securing control stick to torque tube assembly, and remove stick.
B. Install Control Stick

(1) Position control stick and secure to torque tube assembly using bolt, washer, and nut.
(2) Connect pushrod to control stick base.
(3) Reconnect electro cable to the transmission button.
(4) Install access panel 211 HL (HR) (Refer to 25-21-00).
3. Pushrod No. 1 Removal/Installation
A. Remove Pushrod No. 1

(1) Remove access panel 211 HL (HR) (Refer to 25-21-00).
(2) Disconnect pushrod at control stick base.
(3) Disconnect pushrod at front bell crank and remove pushrod.
B. Install Pushrod No. 1

(1) Connect pushrod to front bellcrank and control stick base.
(2) Perform aileron control system Inspection/Check (Refer to 27-10-00).
(3) Install access panel 211 HL (HR) (Refer to 25-21-00).
4. Front Bellcrank Removal/Installation
A. Remove Front Bellcrank

(1) Remove access plate 210 AB (Refer to 06-30-00).
(2) Remove access panel 211 HL and 211 HR (Refer to 25-21-00).
(3) Disconnect pushrods at front bellcrank.
(4) Remove pivot bolt securing bellcrank to bellcrank brackets and remove bellcrank.
Page 201
27-10-00
01.03.02
Left Side Shown

(Right Side Typical)
Detail- A
Detail- B
Component Installation
Figure 201
Page 202
27-10-00
01.03.02
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
B. Install Front Bellcrank

(1) Position front bellcrank between brackets and secure using bolt, washer and nut.
(2) Connect pushrods to front bellcrank.
(4) Install access plate 210 AB (Refer to 06-30-00).
(5) Install access panel 211 HL and 211 HR (Refer to 25-21-00).

(2) Disconnect pushrod at front bellcrank.
(3) Disconnect pushrod at rear bell crank and remove pushrod.

(1) Connect pushrod to front bellcrank and rear bellcrank.
6. Rear Bellcrank Removal/Installation
A. Remove Rear Bellcrank

(2) Disconnect pushrods at rear bellcrank.
(3) Remove nuts, washers and bellcrank axle securing bellcrank to bellcrank brackets and remove
bellcrank.
B. Install Rear Bellcrank

(1) Position rear bellcrank between brackets and secure using axle, washers and nuts.
(2) Attach pushrods to rear bellcrank.

(2) Disconnect pushrod at rear bellcrank.
(3) Disconnect pushrod at pushrod No. 4.

(1) Connect pushrod to rear bellcrank and pushrod No. 4..
Page 203
27-10-00
01.03.02
Left Side Shown

Detail- D
Detail-C
Figure 202
Page 204
27-10-00
01.03.02
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls

(1) Remove wing (Refer to 57-10-00).
(2) Open access panel 520 (620) AB (Refer to 06-30-00).
(3) Disconnect pushrod at aileron bellcrank.
(4) Remove rod end bearing.
(5) Cautiously withdraw pushrod from wing.

(1) Position pushrod into the wing.
(2) Install rod end bearing.
(3) Attach pushrod to aileron bellcrank.
(4) Install wing (Refer to 57-10-00).
(5) Connect pushrod 4 to pushrod 3.
(6) Re-rig aileron control system as described in Adjustment/Test (Refer to 27-10-00).
(8) Close access panel 520 (620) AB (Refer to 06-30-00).
9. Aileron Bellcrank Removal/Installation
A. Remove aileron bellcrank

(1) Open access plate 520 (620) AB (Refer to 06-30-00).
(2) Disconnect pushrods at aileron bellcrank.
(3) Remove pivot bolt securing bellcrank to bellcrank bracket assembly. Remove bellcrank and
washers through access opening.
B. Install Aileron Bellcrank

(1) Install bellcrank to structure using pivot bolt, ensuring required washers are in place.
(2) Reconnect aileron pushrod to bellcrank.
(4) Reconnect pushrod No. 4 to the bellcrank.
(6) Close inspection/access plate 520 (620) AB (Refer to 06-30-00).
10. Inspection/Check
A. Inspection/Check
(1) Perform a visual inspection of aileron control system. Check all components for proper
installation and security. No signs off excessive play.
NOTE: The maximum permissible value of aileron play at hinge pins is axial 1,0 mm (.04
in.) and radial 0,3 mm (.01 in.). The maximum control circuit backlash is 10 mm
(.4 in.).
In case of excessive play of the control surface in their hinges, replace worn hinge
bushings (Refer also to 57-50-00).
Page 205
27-10-00
07.07.03
Detail- E
Left Side Shown

Detail- F
Aileron Bellcrank Installation

Figure 203
Page 206
27-10-00
01.03.02
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
(2) Verify minimum rod end thread engagement of 8 mm (0.312 in.).

(3) Verify ailerons can be moved smooth through full travel without any jerky or restricted
movement throughout portions of the travel range. No grinding is audible.
(4) Check ailerons for correct travel using an inclinometer, if necessary perform aileron control
system Adjustment/Test (Refer to 27-10-00)..
NOTE: For aileron rigging specifications, refer to Chapter 6, „Dimensions and Areas“.
11. Adjustment/Test
A. Adjustment/Test
(2) Remove access plate 620 AB and 520 AB (Refer to 06-30-00).
(3) Remove access plate 211 HL and HR (Refer to 06-30-00).
(4) Adjust pushrod 2 until:
(a) Front and rear bellcrank are parallel to each other.
(b) Both bellcranks are perpendicular to the wing spar.
(5) Fix bellcranks in a suitable manner.
(5) Adjust pushrod 3 for each aileron so the aileron bellcrank is in neutral position (line between
bellcrank pivot bolt and aileron pushrod attach bolt is parallel to the wing spar).
(6) Adjust each aileron pushrod until the control surface is neutral with reference to wing trailing
edge.
(7) Adjust pushrod 1 for each control stick until the control stick is in neutral position.
(8) Set free the front and rear bellcrank.
(9) Fasten inclinometer to left aileron and set at 0°.
(10) Adjust aileron stop bolts at control yoke assembly to allow up and down aileron travel
specified in 06-10-00.
(11) Perform an aileron control system Inspection/Check (Refer to 27-10-00).
Page 207
27-10-00
07.07.03
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION
1. Introduction
movement of the rudder. Rudder control system rigging procedure is provided.
The rudder control system consists of conventional rudder pedals, cables and pulleys.
A. For rudder control system design and function refer to Figure 1.
Page 01
27-20-00
01.03.02
Rudder Control Design And Function

Figure 1.
Page 02
27-20-00
01.03.02
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE
1. General
A. For a breakdown of components, refer to Figure 201 and 202.

THAN ONCE.
A SYSTEM RIGGING AND INSPECTION/CHECK MUST BE PERFORMED AFTER

LOOSENING ANY FLIGHT CONTROL CABLE TO ASSURE PROPER CONTROL
SURFACE OPERATION.
2. Control Cables
A. The maintenance of the control cables is important for precise and the safe functioning of the
rudder control system of the AQUILA AT01. It contains the regular check of the control cables for
mechanical damages and damages by corrosion.
(1) Broken Wire Check
Check cables for broken strands of wire by passing a cloth along length of cable. The cloth
snags at such places. If broken wires are found, the affected control cable is to be examined in
more detail and should be removed for this purpose where necessary. A maximum of six
broken wires in any given 25 cm (10 in.) cable length is permissible. If more broken wires or a
broken core are found, the control cable is to be replaced. The procedures for control cable
removal and installation are described below.
(2) Corrosion Check
External corrosion is to be detected by a careful visual examination of the cables. To find
internal corrosion is more difficult. If internal corrosion is suspected, remove cable from the
aircraft and examine more precisely, especially areas with broken wires.
3. Rudder Pedal Assembly Removal/Installation
A. Remove Rudder Pedal Assembly

(1) Slacken control cables of rudder control.
(2) Disconnect control cables from rudder control actuator arms.
(4) Disconnect brake master cylinders at rudder pedal assembly.
(5) Disconnect steering tubes at rudder bars.
(6) Remove bolts securing lower half of the middle bearing block to upper half and remove
lower bearing block half.
(7) Remove bolts attaching left and right bearing blocks to firewall and work rudder bars out of
area below instrument panel.
B. Install Rudder Pedal Assembly

(1) Position rudder bars in left and right bearing blocks and secure bearing blocks to firewall
using bolts.
Page 201
27-20-00
01.03.02
Detail- A
Rudder Control Installation

Figure 201
Page 202
27-20-00
01.03.02
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
(2) Reinstall lower half of middle bearing block.

(3) Reconnect steering tubes to rudder bars.
(4) Reconnect master cylinders to the rudder pedal assembly.
(5) Reconnect control cables to rudder control actuator arms and re-rig system. Refer to
„Adjustment/Test“.
(6) Check correct operation of the rudder control system. Refer to “Inspection/Check”.
4. Control Cable Removal/Installation
A. Remove a Control Cable

(1) Relieve cable tension at turnbuckle.
(2) Disconnect control cable at the turnbuckle.
(3) Disconnect control cable at the rudder.
(4) Cut the eye-end from the control cable which is to be removed at the turnbuckle end.
(5) Withdraw control cable from the aircraft.
B. Install a Control Cable
WARNING: THE CONTROL CABLE EYE-ENDS SHOULD BE INSTALLED BY TRAINED

AND AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY. IF THE EYE-ENDS ARE NOT
INSTALLED PROPERLY; A RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM FAILURE MAY
OCCUR.
USE ONLY HARDWARE DELIVERED BY AQUILA T.E. GMBH.
(1) Prepare a new control cable with the required length and one eye-end.
(2) Push that control cable through the tube from the rudder side.
(3) Install the second eye-end at the turnbuckle end.
(4) Reconnect the control cable to the rudder using bolt, washer and nut.
(5) Reconnect the control cable to the turnbuckle using bolt , washer and nut.
(6) Rig rudder control cable including cables of the aileron-rudder interconnect and check
correct operation of rudder control system / aileron-rudder interconnect, refer to
„Adjustment / Test“, and “Inspection/Check” below.
5. Inspection/Check
A. Inspection/Check
(1) Perform a visual inspection of rudder control system. Check all components for proper
NOTE: The maximum permissible value of rudder play at hinge pins is axial 1,0 mm (.04
in.) and radial 0,3 mm (.01 in.).
(2) Examine control cables for broken wires and corrosion.
Page 203
27-20-00
07.07.03
Detail- A
Rudder Pedal / Master Cylinder Installation

Figure 202
Page 204
27-20-00
01.03.02
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
(3) Verify rudder can be moved smooth through full travel without any jerky or restricted
(4) Check rudder for correct travel using an inclinometer, if necessary perform rudder control
system Adjustment/Test (Refer to 27-20-00)..
NOTE: For rudder rigging specifications, refer to Chapter 6, „Dimensions and Areas“.
6. Adjustment/Test
A. Rig the rudder control system using the following procedures:

(1) Remove engine cowling (Refer to 71-10-00).
(2) Slacken control cables of rudder control.
(3) Tie down or weight tail to raise nose wheel free of ground.
(4) Set the rudder pedals neutral and fix in suitable manner.
(5) Fix the rudder in neutral position with reference to vertical stabilizer.
(6) Tension the control cables to the prescribed values.
(7) Adjust nose wheel steering tubes so the nose wheel is streamlined.
(8) Set the rudder control system free.
(9) Adjust secondary stops on the nose wheel strut so that for full right and left rudder
deflection:
(a) The rudder stops contact before secondary stops.
(b) Secondary stops show a 0,5 mm (.02 in.) gap between stop bolt and nose wheel assembly.
(10) Tighten jam nuts.
(11) Verify rudder pedals are free for the full range of movement.
(12) Perform a rudder control system Inspection/Check (Refer to 27-20-00).
(13) Install engine cowling (Refer to 71-10-00) and lower nose wheel.
Page 205
27-20-00
07.07.03
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
ELEVATOR CONTROL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION
1. Introduction
movement of the elevator. Elevator control system rigging procedure is provided.
System consists of control sticks, elevator torque tube assembly, pushrods, and the elevator
bellcrank.
In the aircraft is an electrical spring force elevator trim system used.
A. For elevator control system design and function refer to Figure 1.
Page 01
27-30-00
01.03.02
Pushrod 2
Pushrod 1
Elevator Control System Design And Function

Figure 01
Page 02
27-30-00
01.03.02
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
ELEVATOR CONTROL SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. For a breakdown of components, refer to Figure 201 and 202.

THAN ONCE.
2. Elevator Torque Tube Assy Removal/Installation
A. Removal of the Elevator Torque Tube Assy

(1) Remove seats (Refer to 25-10-00).
(2) Remove control sticks (Refer to 27-10-00).
(3) Disconnect pushrod No. 1 from elevator actuation arm.
(4) Remove on each end of the torque tube nut, pivot bolt, and washers securing torque tube to
support bracket.
(5) Remove torque tube from aircraft.
B. Install of the Elevator Torque Tube Assy

(1) Position torque tube between support brackets.
(2) Install on each end of the torque tube pivot bolt, washers, and nut securing torque tube to
support bracket.
(3) Connect pushrod No. 1 to elevator actuation arm.
(4) Install control sticks (Refer to 27-10-00).
(5) Check elevator and aileron control for proper operation and rig if necessary. Refer to Section
„Aileron Control System Maintenance“ and to „Adjustment / Test“ below.

(1) Remove seats (Refer to 25-10-00).
(2) Remove baggage compartment floor panel (Refer to 25-50-00).
(3) Disconnect springs of trim system from pushrod.
(4) Disconnect pushrod at elevator actuation arm.
(5) Disconnect pushrod at elevator bellcrank.
(6) Remove pushrod from aircraft.

(1) Position pushrod and connect to elevator bellcrank.
(2) Connect pushrod to elevator actuation arm.
(3) Connect springs of trim system to pushrod.
NOTE: If spring attachment clamps have been removed, refer to 27-31-00 for their correct
position.
Page 201
27-30-00
01.03.02
Detail- B
A
B
Fuselage structure
omitted for clarity.
Left Side Shown

Detail- A
Figure 201
Page 202
27-30-00
01.03.02
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
(4) Check elevator control system and elevator trim system for proper operation and rig if
necessary (Refer to 27-30-00 and 27-31-00).
(5) Install baggage compartment floor panel (Refer to 25-50-00).
(6) Install seats (Refer to 25-10-00).
4. Elevator Bellcrank Removal/Installation
A. Remove Elevator Bellcrank

(3) Disconnect pushrods from elevator bellcrank.
(4) Remove pivot bolt securing elevator bellcrank to support brackets.
(5) Remove elevator bellcrank.
B. Install Elevator Bellcrank

(1) Mount bellcrank to structure using pivot bolt, nut and washer. Ensure spacers placed
correctly.
(2) Reconnect pushrods to bellcrank.
(3) Check elevator control system and elevator trim system for proper operation and rig if
necessary (Refer to 27-30-00 and 27-31-00).
5. Inspection/Check
A. Inspection/Check
(1) Perform a visual inspection of elevator control system. Check all components for proper
NOTE: The maximum permissible value of elevator play at hinge pins is axial 1,0 mm (.04
in.) and radial 0,3 mm (.01 in.). The maximum control circuit backlash is 10 mm
(.4 in.).
(2) Verify minimum rod end thread engagement of 8 mm (0.312 in.).

(3) Verify elevator can be moved smooth through full travel without any jerky or restricted
(4) Verify both sticks are free for the full range of movement and the maximum up and down
elevator travel is achieved.
(5) Check elevator for correct travel using an inclinometer, if necessary perform elevator control
system Adjustment/Test (Refer to 27-30-00).
NOTE: For elevator rigging specifications, refer to Chapter 6, „Dimensions and Areas“.
Page 203
27-30-00
07.07.03
Fuselage structure
Detail- A
Detail- B
Figure 202
Page 204
27-30-00
30.01.03
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
6. Adjustment/Test
A. Rig the elevator control system using the following procedures:

(2) Remove access plate 211 HL and HR (Refer to 25-21-00).
(3) Lock elevator bellcrank in neutral position in a suitable manner (the line between pushrod
attach points on bellcrank is perpendicular to the pushrod 2).
(4) Streamline elevator to neutral with horizontal stabilizer by adjusting elevator pushrod
(pushrod 2).
(5) Adjust the pushrod 1 until the control yoke assembly is in neutral position.
Page 205
27-30-00
30.01.03
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
ELEVATOR TRIM CONTROL - DESCRIPTION
1. Introduction
A. In the aircraft is an electrical spring force trim system used. An electrical trim actuator changes the
preload of a pair of springs that applies a defined force to the elevator pushrod.
A. For an illustration of elevator trim control design and function refer to Figure 1.
B. The trim system is controlled by a rocker switch, located on the rear portion of the middle console.
Pressing the forward side of the switch will trim nose down; pressing the rear side of the switch
will trim nose up.
The switch activates an electrical trim actuator that is mounted under the baggage compartment
floor panel, parallel to the elevator pushrod.
The electrical circuit of the trim system is protected by a circuit breaker that can be pulled in the
event of a trim system malfunction.
Page 01
27-31-00
01.03.02
Detail- A
Elevator Pushrod
Trim Position Sensor
Fuselage structure
Trim Actuator omitted for clarity.
Elevator Trim System Design And Function

Figure 01
Page 02
27-31-00
30.01.03
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
ELEVATOR TRIM CONTROL- MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. For a breakdown of components, refer to Figure 201.
2. Trim Actuator Removal/Installation
A. Removal of the Trim Actuator

(1) Set the elevator trim system to neutral position.
(2) Place the BAT switch is in OFF position.
(4) Disconnect trim actuator electrical wires at connector.
(5) Disconnect the springs at trim system actuation arm.
(6) Disconnect trim actuator push rod at trim system actuation arm.
(7) Remove bolts, securing trim actuator to fuselage structure and remove trim actuator from
aircraft.
B. Installation of the Trim Actuator

(1) Install trim actuator to fuselage structure with bolts, washers and nuts.
(2) Reconnect trim actuator push rod to trim system actuation arm using hardware.
(3) Reconnect springs to trim system actuation arm.
(4) Connect trim actuator electrical connection.
(5) Check for proper function of elevator trim control and rig if necessary, refer to
“Inspection/Check”, and „Adjustment / Test“.
3. Inspection/Check
A. Inspection/Check
(1) Perform a visual inspection of elevator trim system. Check all components for proper
(2) Place BAT switch in ON position.
(3) Keep hands away from control stick and run trim actuator to full nose-down trim position
until travel is stopped by limit switch.
(4) Check the forward movement of the control stick. Verify the proper trim position indicator
reading.
(5) Keep hands away from control stick and run trim actuator to full nose-up trim position until
travel is stopped by limit switch.
(6) Check the backward movement of the control stick. Verify the proper trim position indicator
reading.
(7) Set the elevator trim to neutral and place BAT switch in OFF position.
Page 201
27-31-00
01.03.02
Detail- A
Fuselage structure
Elevator Trim System Installation

Figure 201
Page 202
27-31-00
30.01.03
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
4. Adjustment/Test
A. Adjustment/Test
Reserved
Page 203
27-31-00
01.03.02
AQUILA AT01
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
FLAP CONTROL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION
1. Introduction
movement of the flaps. Flap control system rigging procedure is provided.
The AQUILA AT01 is equipped with electrical actuated flaps. They are operated and fixed in
desired position by an electrical flap actuator.
A. The wing flaps system consists of a three-position selector switch which is incorporated in the
instrument panel, a LED flap position indicator near the three-position selector switch, the electric
flap actuator, located under the baggage floor, a torque tube, pushrods and the flaps on each wing.
B. The linear flap actuator drives the torque tube interconnected between the left and right flaps.
Limit switches are attached to the flap actuator. They identify flap position and surface travel, and
turn off the actuator once the desired position is achieved i.e: 17° or 35°.
The flap actuator has a slip coupling to prevent mechanical damage if a restriction occurs. In the
event of the electric flap control circuit, torque tube/actuator geometry prevents the flaps from
causing an uncontrollable flight condition.
B. For an illustration of flap control system design and function refer to Figure 1.
Page 01
27-50-00
01.03.02
Flap Actuator
Torque Tube
Flap Control System Design And Function

Figure 01
Page 02
27-50-00
01.03.02
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
FLAP CONTROL SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. This section provides instructions for removal and installation of components and instruction for
flap control system rigging.
B. For a breakdown of components, refer to Figure 201, 202, 203, and 204.
2. Flap Actuator Assembly Removal/Installation
A. Remove Flap Actuator Assembly

(1) Check, the ALT / BAT switch is in the OFF position.
(3) Disconnect flap actuator electrical wires at connector.
(4) Disconnect flap actuator from torque tube coupler.
(5) Remove nut, bolt and washers securing flap actuator assembly to actuator bracket and
remove from aircraft.
B. Install Flap Actuator Assembly

(1) Position flap actuator assembly to actuator bracket and install washers and bolt.
(2) Install washers, bolt, and nut securing flap actuator pushrod to torque tube coupler.
(3) Connect flap actuator electrical wires at connector.
(4) Perform flap control system Inspection/Check and rig system if necessary as described below
in Adjustment/Test.
3. Torque Tube Assembly Removal/Installation
A. Remove Torque Tube Assembly

(2) Remove access plate 610 AB and 510 AB (Refer to 06-30-00).
(3) Disconnect flap pushrod from torque tube assembly at each flap.
(4) Disconnect flap actuator pushrod from torque tube assembly.
(5) Remove bolt connecting torque tube halves.
(6) Remove bolt securing torque tube halves to pivot bracket.
(7) Withdraw right and left torque tube halves from inside the wing.
B. Install Torque Tube Assembly

(1) Position torque tube halves inserting pivot pin located at outer end into the bearing inside the
wing.
CAUTION: ENSURE THE LONG EDGE OF THE COUPLER IS FACING TO THE WING
SPAR.
Page 201
27-50-00
01.03.02
Detail- A
Fuselage structure
Flap Control System Installation

Figure 201
Page 202
27-50-00
01.03.02
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
(2) Secure both halves to pivot bracket using bolt, washer and nut.
(3) Install spacer and bolt, washer and nut connecting halves.
(4) Connect torque tube assembly to flap actuator pushrod.
(5) Perform flap control system Inspection/Check and rig system if necessary as described below
in Adjustment/Test.
4. Flap Pushrod Removal/Installation
NOTE: Left and right flap pushrod removal/installation is typical.
A. Remove Flap Pushrod

(1) Remove wing access plate 610 AB (510 AB)(Refer to 06-30-00).
CAUTION! WHEN DISCONNECTING FLAP PUSHROD FROM FLAP HORN, EXERCISE

CAUTION TO PREVENT THE FLAP FROM INADVERTENT SWINGING
DOWNWARD.
(2) Supporting flap disconnect flap pushrod at the flap horn.

(3) Disconnect flap pushrod from torque tube assembly and remove pushrod from wing.
B. Install Flap Pushrod

(1) Position and connect flap pushrod to torque tube assembly.
(2) Connect flap pushrod at flap horn.
(3) Re-rig flap control system and perform inspection/check as described below.
5. Inspection/Check
A. Inspection/Check
(1) Prepare inspection.
(a) Remove baggage compartment floor panel.
(b) Remove fuselage access panel 210 AB (Refer to 06-30-00).
(c) Remove access panel 610 AB and 510 AB (Refer to 06-30-00).
(2) Inspect flap control system visually.
(a) Verify proper installation and safetying of all items through complete flap control
system.
(b) Check electrical connections.
(c) Examine limit switches for security and condition.
(d) Verify minimum rod end thread engagement of 8 mm (0.312 in.).
(e) Verify no excessive play of control surfaces at hinge pins. Check the control circuit
backlash.
NOTE: The maximum permissible value of control surface play at hinge pins is axial 1,0
mm (.04 in.) and radial 0,3 mm (.01 in.). The maximum control circuit backlash is
5 mm (.2 in.).
Page 203
27-50-00
07.07.03
Detail- A
Wing structure
Flap Control System Installation

Figure 201
Page 204
27-50-00
01.03.02
AQUILA AT01
Flight Controls
(3) Perform operational check of the flap control system.

(a) Operate flaps through their full range of travel, observing for uneven travel or jumpy
motion and binding.
(b) Check correct flap full UP position. Rig if necessary as described in Adjustment/Test.
(c) With flap full UP, fasten an inclinometer to inboard side of left flap and set to 0°.
(d) Lower flap to T/O and then to LDG positions and check flap angles as specified in
06-10-00.
(e) Repeat check on right flap.
NOTE: If the results of inspection do not fall within the specified in 06-10-00 clearances,
contact AQUILA Technische Entwicklungen GmbH for disposition.
6. Adjustment/Test
A. Rig the flaps using the following procedure:

(2) With “BAT” switch in on position turn flap control switch to “CRUISE”.
(3) Turn “BAT” switch off.
(4) Adjust push rod at flap actuator so that the flap torque tube assembly is in neutral position
(Refer to figure 201).
(5) Adjust pushrods at each flap until the control surfaces are neutral with reference to wing
trailing edge at root area.
(6) Perform an flap control system Inspection/Check (Refer to 27-10-00).
Page 205
27-50-00
07.07.03
AQUILA AT01

MM AT01 1020 100 Vol1 Akt Ausgabe 20080430

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

MM AT01 1020 100 Vol1 Akt Ausgabe 20080430

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AQUILA AT01

Aviation by Excellence AG MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AQUILA Aviation by Excellence AG Phon: ++49 33 731 7070

05 TIME LIMITS / MAINTENANCE CHECKS

06 DIMENSIONS AND AREAS

07 LIFTING AND SHORING

08 LEVELING AND WEIGHING

09 TOWING AND TAXIING

10 PARKING, MOORING, STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE

11 PLACARDS AND MARKINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

11-20-00 Exterior Placards

20 STANDARD PRACTICES AIRFRAME

21 VENTILATION AND HEATING

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

24-30-00 Battery - Maintenance Practices

31 INDICATING / RECORDING SYSTEMS

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

91 CHARTS AND DIAGRAMS

Revision Date of Date By Revision Date of Date By

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

Temp. Revision Page Date of By Date By

2. List of Vendor Technical Publications

No. Manual No./Part No. Manual Title Vendor

ROTAX Part. No. 899372,

ROTAX Part. No. 899429,

ROTAX Part. No. 899370,

Operation & Installation Manual,

Table 01 - List of Vendor Technical Publications (Cont.)

3. Structure of the Maintenance Manual

A. Division of Subject Matter

(1) General Ch. 05 - 12

B. The Page Numbering System

The first element of the division identify a system:

The following element designate a subsystem in the system:

e.g. 27-30 Elevator (a section)

If system consists of several subsystems, further sections are added:

Chapter/ Section/ Subject/

Page 1 - 99 Description and Operation

A page number as a example:

Page 301 First page with service instructions

(6) Figures are numbered consecutively within each topic.

Example: Fig. 201 1. Illustration for maintenance

(1) In the Front of the Manual:

Record of Temporary Revisions

(2) Each chapter begins with:

4. Using the Maintenance Manual

Meter Meter PSI Desired Unit under

This Maintenance Manual is "customized". It includes the following effectivity identification

(3) Effectivity Block

- revised manual chapters

(3) Identifying Revised Material

(4) Revision Incorporating

D. WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and NOTES

Hazard for maintenance personnel!

Hazard for systems and equipment!

LIST OF EFFECTIVE CHAPTERS

Chapter Title Date*

20 Standard Practices Airframe 26.04.05

LIST OF EFFECTIVE CHAPTERS

Chapter Title Date*

RPM drop: _RPM / Man. Press :_in.Hg